Cc-Link Io
Cc-Link Io
Cc-Link Io
,
User s Manual
Before using this product, please read this manual and the relevant manuals introduced in this manual
carefully and pay full attention to safety to handle the product correctly.
The instructions given in this manual are concerned with this product. For the safety instructions of the
programmable controller system, please read the CPU module user's manual.
In this manual, the safety instructions are ranked as "DANGER" and "CAUTION".
Note that the ! CAUTION level may lead to a serious consequence according to the circumstances.
Always follow the instructions of both levels because they are important to personal safety.
Please save this manual to make it accessible when required and always forward it to the end user.
[Design Precautions]
! DANGER
• When there are communication errors with the data link, the communication error station will
enter the following condition.
Build an interlock circuit into the sequence program to operate system safely by using the
communication state information.
An accident may occur by a false output or a malfunction.
(1) Turn off all input from Remote I/O station.
(2) Turn off all output from Remote I/O station.
• The output may be left ON or OFF due to trouble in the remote I/O module.
Configure a circuit to monitor output signals which may lead to a serious accident..
! CAUTION
• Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications contained in this manual.
Using this module in an environment outside the range of the general specifications could result
in electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to or deterioration of the product.
• Do not bunch the control wires or communication cables with the main circuit or power wires, or
install them close to each other. (AJ65SBTW -16 only)
They should be installed 100 mm (3.9 in.) or more from each other.
Not doing so could result in noise that would cause malfunction.
A-1 A-1
[Installation Precautions]
! CAUTION
• Do not directly touch the module's conductive parts.
Doing so could cause malfunction or failure in the module.
• Make sure to fix the module with DIN rail or installation screws and tighten the installation
screws with the specified torque.
• Make sure to connect the connector of each connecting cable to the attachment part.
Defective contact could cause malfunction.
[Wiring Precautions]
! DANGER
• Before beginning any installation or wiring work, make sure that all phases of the power supply
have been obstructed from the outside.
Failure to completely shut off the power supply phases may cause electric shock and/or damage
to the module.
! CAUTION
• The FG terminals should always be grounding using the class-D (class-3) or higher grounding
designed specially for the PLC.
• Make sure to use the spare terminal screws as it is tightened.
Failure to do so could make a short circuit with bare solderless terminals.
• When wiring the module, check the rated voltage and terminal layout and make sure the wiring
is done correctly.
Connecting a power supply that differs from the rated voltage or wiring it incorrectly may cause
fire or failure.
• Tighten the terminal screws within the range of specified torque.
If the terminal screws are loose, it may result in fire or malfunction.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screws, resulting in short circuit or
malfunction.
• When securing the CC-Link cable or power cable using the through pipe of the waterproof
remote I/O module, securely tighten the nuts using a wrench or the like. Loose nuts may result
in malfunction due to water intrusion. (AJ65SBTW -16 only.)
• Carry out tightening of the waterproof cap and communications adapter installation screws
within the specified tightening torque range. (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)
If the screws are loose, it could cause fire or malfunction.
If the screws are overtightened, they could be damaged, and this could cause a short circuit or
malfunction.
• The IP67 is satisfactory only when all the waterproof plugs, waterproof caps and
communications adapters are installed (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)
A-2 A-2
[Wiring Precautions]
! CAUTION
• Since the I/O connector, communications connector and power supply connector are the same
shape, do not connect the communications cable to the I/O connector.
Doing so could cause the module to break down or malfunction. (AJ65FBTA -16 only.)
• Make sure that there are no foreign substances such as sawdust or wiring debris inside the module.
Such debris could cause fire, failure or malfunction.
• Make sure that the communication cable connected to the module is kept in the duct or fixed
with cramps.
Failure to do so may cause a damage to the module or cables due to dangling, shifting or
inadvertent handling of cables, or misoperation because of bad cable contacts.
• Do not grab on the cable when removing the communication cable connected to the module.
When removing the cable with a connector, hold the connector on the side that is connected to
the module.
When removing the cable without a connector, loose the screws on the side that is connected to
the module.
Pulling the cable that is still connected to the module may cause a damage to the module or
cable, or malfunction due to bad cable contacts.
! CAUTION
• Do not disassemble or modify the module.
Doing so could cause failure, malfunction, injury or fire.
• Because the case of the module is made of resin, be careful not to drop it or expose it to strong
impact.
It may damage the module.
• Switch all phases of the external power supply off before mounting or removing the module.
Failure to do so may damage the module or cause malfunction.
A-3 A-3
[Disposal Precautions]
! CAUTION
• When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.
A-4 A-4
REVISIONS
* The manual number is given on the bottom left of the back cover.
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
June 1998 SH(NA)-4007-A First printing
Nov. 1998 SH(NA)-4007-B Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-8D, AJ65SBTC4-16D, AJ65SBTW4-16D
AJ65SBTB1-8T, AJ65SBTC4-16DT, AJ65SBTW4-16DT
Addition
Section 7.3, 7.4
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.4, Chapter 2, 4, 5, 6, Section 7.1, Appendix 1
Apr. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-C Addition
Contents
Section 8.2.2
June 1999 SH(NA)-4007-D Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-32T1, AJ65SBTCF1-32D, AJ65SBTCF1-32T,
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT
Nov. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-E Addition
Section 1.4, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 4.4, 5.1.8, 5.1.9, 5.1.10, 5.1.11, 5.3, 6.1, 6.4, 7.4,
Appendix 1.6, 1.7, 1.8
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, Chapter 2, Chapter 3, Section 4.2.1, 4.3.1,
6.2.1, 6.3.1, Section 7.1, 7.4, 8.2.1, Appendix 1
Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-32DT, AJ65SBTCF1-32D, AJ65SBTCF1-32T,
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT, AJ65SBTB2-8A, AJ65SBTB2-16A, AJ65SBTB2-8R,
AJ65SBTB2-16R, AJ65SBTB2-8S, AJ65SBTB2-16S
Dec. 1999 SH(NA)-4007-F Addition
Section 1.2, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 5.1.8, 5.1.9, 5.1.10, 5.1.11
Mar. 2000 SH(NA)-4007-G Additional model
AJ65SBTB2N-8A, AJ65SBTB2N-16A, AJ65SBTB3-8D, AJ65SBTB3-16D,
AJ65SBTB2-8T, AJ65SBTB2-16T, AJ65SBTB2N-8R, AJ65SBTB-16R,
AJ65SBTB2N-8S, AJ65SBTB2N-16S, AJ65SBTB32-8DT,
AJ65SBTB32-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT1,
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1
Addition
Section 4.1.8, 4.1.9, 4.1.10, 4.1.11, Section 5.1.12, 5.1.13, 5.1.14, 5.1.15,
5.1.16, 5.1.17, Section 6.1.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.1.5, 6.1.6, Appendix 1.9, 1.10
Oct. 2000 SH(NA)-4007-H Additional model
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1, AJ65VBTCU3-16D1, AJ65VBTCU2-8T,
AJ65VBTCU2-16T, AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
Addition
Section 4.5, 5.4, 6.5, 7.2.3, 7.2.4, Appendix 1.13
Correction
Section 1.1, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2, Section 4.3.1, 7.1
Deletion
AJ65SBTB2-8A, AJ65SBTB2-16A, AJ65SBTB2-8R, AJ65SBTB2-16R,
AJ65SBTB2-8S, AJ65SBTB2-16S
This manual confers no industrial property rights or any rights of any other kind, nor does it confer any patent
licenses. Mitsubishi Electric Corporation cannot be held responsible for any problems involving industrial property
rights which may occur as a result of using the contents noted in this manual.
1998 MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
A-5 A-5
Print Date * Manual Number Revision
Jan. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-I Additional model
AJ65FBTA4-16D, AJ65FBTA4-16DE,
AJ65FBTA42-16DT, AJ65FBTA42-16DTE
Addition
Section 1.6, 7.4, Appendix 1.14
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, Chapter 2,3,
Section 4.5.2, 5.3.1, 5.4.1, 5.4.2, 6.5.1, 7.1
Appendix 1.13
Jul. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-J Additional model
AJ65FBTA2-16T, AJ65FBTA2-16TE
Correction
Section 1.2, 1.4, 1.5, 4.1.6, 4.1.7, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.3.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, 6.3.1,
6.5.1, 6.6.1, 6.6.2, 7.2.3
Appendix 1.14
Sep. 2001 SH(NA)-4007-K Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2, AJ65SBTB1-32DT2
Correction
Section 1.4, 6.1.1, 8.2.1, Appendix 1.13
Jan. 2002 SH(NA)-4007-L Additional model
AJ65SBTB1-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-8T1, AJ65SBTB2-16T1, AJ65SBTC1-32T1,
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3, AJ65SBTB1-32DT3, AJ65SBTB32-8DT2,
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2, AJ65SBTC4-16DT2, AJ65SBTC1-32DT2,
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3
Correction
Section 1.3, 1.4, 1.5, 5.5.2, 6.1.1, 7.7, 8.2.1
Appendix 1.13
Changed item numbers
Section 5.1.4 to Section 5.1.9 Section 5.1.5 to Section 5.1.10
Section 5.1.10 to Section 5.1.13 Section 5.1.13 to Section 5.1.16
Section 6.1.5 to Section 6.1.6 Section 6.1.9 to Section 6.1.10
Section 6.2.2 to Section 6.2.3 Section 6.2.3 to Section 6.2.4
Dec. 2002 SH(NA)-4007-M Correction
Section 2, Section 4 to Section 6, Section 8.2.1
A-6 A-6
INTRODUCTION
CONTENTS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS..............................................................................................................................A- 1
REVISIONS ....................................................................................................................................................A- 4
CONTENTS....................................................................................................................................................A- 7
About Manuals ...............................................................................................................................................A-11
1 OVERVIEW 1- 1 to 1-14
1.1 Features .................................................................................................................................................. 1- 1
1.2 Identifying the Compact Remote I/O Module Type................................................................................ 1- 4
1.3 Cautionary Notes when Selecting a Remote I/O Module ...................................................................... 1- 5
1.4 Specification List ..................................................................................................................................... 1- 8
1.5 Parts Sold Separately ............................................................................................................................. 1-12
1.6 Introductory List of Connecting Devices................................................................................................. 1-13
1.7 About the Generic, Abbreviated and Technical Terms Used in This Manual....................................... 1-14
3 SPECIFICATIONS 3- 1 to 3- 2
A-7 A-7
4.2.2 AJ65SBTC1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................................... 4-13
4.2.3 AJ65SBTC1-32D1 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................................... 4-15
4.3 Waterproof Type Input Module ............................................................................................................... 4-17
4.3.1 AJ65SBTW4-16D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................................... 4-17
4.4 FCN Connector Type Input Module........................................................................................................ 4-20
4.4.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32D 24 V DC input module
(Positive common (sink), negative common (source) loading) ....................................................... 4-20
4.5 Connector Type Input Module ................................................................................................................ 4-21
4.5.1 AJ65VBTCU3-8D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)).................................... 4-21
4.5.2 AJ65VBTCU3-16D1 24 V DC input module (Positive common (sink type)).................................. 4-23
4.6 Low Profile Waterproof Type Input Module............................................................................................. 4-25
4.6.1 AJ65FBTA4-16D 24VDC input module (Positive common (sink type)) .......................................... 4-25
4.6.2 AJ65FBTA4-16DE 24VDC input module (Negative common (source type)) ................................. 4-27
A-8 A-8
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES 6- 1 to 6-33
6.1 Terminal Block Type Combined Module ................................................................................................ 6- 1
6.1.1 AJ65SBTB1-16DT combined module ............................................................................................. 6- 1
6.1.2 AJ65SBTB1-32DT combined module ............................................................................................. 6- 2
6.1.3 AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 combined module ........................................................................................... 6- 3
6.1.4 AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 combined module ........................................................................................... 6- 4
6.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 5
6.1.6 AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 6
6.1.7 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 7
6.1.8 AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 combined module ............................................................................................ 6- 8
6.1.9 AJ65SBTB32-8DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6- 9
6.1.10 AJ65SBTB32-16DT combined module .......................................................................................... 6-10
6.1.11 AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 combined module .......................................................................................... 6-11
6.1.12 AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 combined module ........................................................................................ 6-12
6.2 One Touch Connector Type Combined Module ..................................................................................... 6-13
6.2.1 AJ65SBTC4-16DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6-13
6.2.2 AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-15
6.2.3 AJ65SBTC1-32DT combined module .............................................................................................. 6-17
6.2.4 AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-19
6.2.5 AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-21
6.2.6 AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 combined module ............................................................................................ 6-23
6.3 Waterproof Type Combined Module ....................................................................................................... 6-25
6.3.1 AJ65SBTW4-16DT combined module ............................................................................................. 6-25
6.4 FCN Connector Type Combined Module................................................................................................ 6-27
6.4.1 AJ65SBTCF1-32DT combined module............................................................................................ 6-27
6.5 Connector Type Combined Module......................................................................................................... 6-28
6.5.1 AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 combined module.......................................................................................... 6-28
6.6 Low Profile Waterproof Type Combined Module .................................................................................... 6-30
6.6.1 AJ65FBTA42-16DT Combined Module............................................................................................ 6-30
6.6.2 AJ65FBTA42-16DTE Combined Module ......................................................................................... 6-32
A - 10 A - 10
About Manuals
Related Manuals
Manual Number
Manual Name
(Model Code)
CC-Link System Master ( Local Module type AJ61BT11/A1SJ61BT11 User's Manual
IB-66721
This manual describes the system configuration, performance specification, function, handling, wiring
(13J872)
and troubleshooting for AJ61BT11 and A1SJ61BT11. (Sold separately)
For details on making Mitsubishi PLC conform to the EMC directive and low voltage instruction when
installing it in your product, please see Chapter 3, "EMC Directive and Low Voltage Instruction" of the PLC
CPU User's Manual (Hardware).
The CE logo is printed on the rating plate on the main body of the PLC that conforms to the EMC directive
and low voltage instruction.
A - 11 A - 11
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
1 OVERVIEW
1 This manual describes the specifications of the compact remote I/O module
(hereinafter referred to as the "compact remote I/O module") used as the remote I/O
station of the Control & Communication Link (hereinafter referred to as the "CC-Link").
1.1 Features
The following are the features of the compact remote I/O module:
(1) The remote I/O module is reduced in size yet retains all the
functions of the conventional module
The conventional remote I/O module has furthermore been reduced in size.
[External dimensions]
Compact remote I/O module Conventional remote I/O module
AJ65SBTB1-16
AJ65SBTB2-8
AJ65SBTB1-32
Module AJ65SBTB2N-8
AJ65SBTB2-16
model AJ65SBTC1-32
AJ65SBTB1-8 AJ65SBTB2N-16 AJ65BTB1-16 AJ65BTB2-16 AJ65BTC1-32
name AJ65SBTC4-16
AJ65SBTB3-16
AJ65SBTCF1-32
AJ65SBTB32-16
AJ65SBTB3-8
AJ65SBTB32-8
Height 50 (1.97) 65 (2.56)
Width 87.3 (3.44) 118 (4.65) 179 (7.04) 151.9 (5.98) 197.5 (7.78) 165.0 (6.5)
Depth 40 (1.57) 46 (1.81)
Unit : mm (in.)
(2) More models in the compact remote I/O module lineup
Waterproof-type terminals have been added to the line of compact remote I/O
modules for the CC-Link systems. Along with the conventional terminal block
type and one-touch connector type modules and FCN connector type and
connector type. Five types are now available.
The 8-point type has been added to the conventional 16-point and 32-point
remote I/O modules, allowing the user to select a module that most suits his/her
objective and environment.
1-1 1-1
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Connector
Round solderless terminal
The round solderless terminal can
be connected simply by loosening
the screw on the terminal block.
Soldering, peeling of the shield
and screwing are unnecessary.
FCN connector
1-2 1-2
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Ceiling installation
Front installation
Horizontal installation
1-3 1-3
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
The following shows how to identify the type of a compact remote I/O module:
AJ65 BT -
I/O types E: Source type
I/O specifications A: 100 V AC input
D : 24 V DC input
R: Relay output
S: Triac output
T : Transistor output
DT : 24 V DC input, transistor output complex
Number of I/O points 8: 8 points
16 : 16 points
32 : 32 points
External load A2 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Output,
connection method 2-wire type.
A4 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Input,
2 to 4-wire type.
A42 : With 8 M12 waterproof connector, Input,
2 to 4-wire type / Output, 2-wire type.
B1 : 1-wire terminal block
B2 : 2-wire terminal block
B32 : Terminal Block, Input, 3-wire type /
Output, 2-wire type.
C1 : 1-wire one-touch connector
C4 : 4-wire one-touch connector
CF1: 1-wire FCN connector
CU2: 2-wire one-touch connector
CU3: 3-wire one-touch connector
W4: 4-wire waterproof connector
Cable specification T : Twisted cable(CC-Link dedicated cable)
1-4 1-4
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
The following explains the cautionary notes and specifications that apply when
selecting a remote I/O module for use in the CC-Link system:
(1) This is a remote I/O module designed specifically for the CC-Link system.
Do not connect the module to other data-link systems, such as the
MELSECNET/MINI.
(2) 32 points are assigned per station for a compact remote I/O module.
For 16-point modules the 16 points in the second half and for 8-points module the
24 points in the second half remain empty but are not usable.
(3) For the maximum switching frequency when driving a load in the output module,
set to one second or more each for ON and OFF.
(4) When using a counter, a timer or the like that uses a DC/DC converter as the load
for a transistor output module having a maximum load current of 0.1A, a rush
current flows when the module is turned on and at fixed intervals during operation.
For this reason, malfunctions may occur if the average current is set. When the
above load is used, connect resistance or inductance in parallel to the load, or use
an output module having a large maximum load current in order to minimize the
effects of the rush current.
Resistance Load Inductance Load
Output Output
module module
100
Maximum number of simultaneous input points [%]
80
50
0
0 10 20 30 40 55 [°C]
1-5 1-5
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Front installation
2) Regarding maximum number of simultaneous input points restricted
installation directions.
When the circumambient temperature is 55°C, maximum number of
simultaneous input points will be 60%.
(Consult the Derating Chart)
Front installation
Derating Chart
100
60
50
0 10 20 30 40 45 55
Ambient temperature
1-6 1-6
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
(8) The following shows the relay life of the relay output module.
200
Switching life (ten thousands times)
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
DC
20
AC
10
120 V AC COSφ = 1
7 30 V DC T = 0 ms
240 V AC COSφ = 1
120 V AC COSφ = 0.4
5
240 V AC COSφ = 0.4
100 V DC to 120 V DC 30 V DC T = 7ms
3 T = 7 to 40 ms
30 V DC T = 40 ms
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1.0 2.0 3.0 5.0
1-7 1-7
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Specification list for each compact remote I/O module is shown below.
(1) Input module
No. of points
consumption
Input display
Operation Input response
Rated input
Input current
per module
dimensions
Reference
Insulation
External
method
voltage
Internal
current
Input voltage time External Common
Model
format ON OFF OFF → ON → connection connection
voltage voltage ON OFF
8 points
AJ65SBRB1-8D 8 points Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 30 mA 1 4.1.1
1.5 ms or less 1 common
7 mA more less
AJ65SBRB1-16D 35 mA 4.1.2
16 points
16 points Approx. 15 V or 3 V or 1-wire 2
AJ65SBTB1-16D1 0.2 ms or less 1 common 40 mA 4.1.3
5 mA more less terminal
Approx. 14 V or 6 V or block
AJ65SBTB1-32D 1.5 ms or less 45 mA 4.1.4
7 mA more less
3
15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32D1 0.2 ms or less 50 mA 4.1.5
more less 32 points
32 points
DC input (sink/source type)
14 V or 6 V or 1 common
AJ65SBTC1-32D 1.5 ms or less 1-wire 4.2.2
more less
one-touch 45 mA
15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTC1-32D1 0.2 ms or less connector 4.2.3
more less 2
Approx.5 mA
4-wire
24 V DC
16 points
4-wire 1 common
14 V or 6 V or LED display 120
AJ65SBTW4-16D 1.5 ms or less waterproof 4 4.3.1
more less mA
connector
1-wire
32 points
AJ65SBTCF1-32D 32 points FCN 45 mA 2 4.4.1
1 common
connector
8 points
AJ65SBTB3-8D 8 points 3-wire 40 mA 2 4.1.8
Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 1 common
1.5 ms or less terminal
7 mA more less 16 points
AJ65SBTB3-16D 16 points block 45 mA 3 4.1.9
1 common
8 points
(sink type)
DC input
1-8 1-8
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
No. of points
consumption
suppression
Maximum load Output response
dimensions
per module
Reference
Insulation
External
method
voltage
Internal
display
current
Output
Rated
Surge
current time
input
Output External Common
Model
format OFF → ON → connection connection
1 point 1 common
ON OFF
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8T 8 points 2.4 A 35 mA 1 5.1.1
1-wire 1 common
0.5 A terminal 16 points
AJ65SBTB1-16T Transistor 16 points 3.6 A 50 mA 2 5.1.2
block 1 common
output 9
AJ65SBTB1-32T 4.8 A 65 mA 3 5.1.3
(sink type)
1-wire one- 32 points
32 points
AJ65SBTC1-32T 0.1 A 3.2 A touch 1 common 60 mA 2 5.2.1
connector
8 points
AJ65SBTB1-8T1 8 points 2.4A 35 mA 1 5.1.4
1-wire 1 common
0.5 A terminal 16 points
Photocoupler insulation
16 points
AJ65SBTB2-16T (sink type) 16 points 3.6 A 55 mA 3 5.1.10
1 common
8 points
AJ65SBTB2-8T1 Transistor 8 points 2.4 A 45 mA 2 5.1.11
1 common
output 8 0.5 A
16 points
AJ65SBTB2-16T1 (sink type) 16 points 3.6 A 2-wire 55 mA 3 5.1.12
1 common
terminal
8 points
insulation
24V DC 10 ms 12 ms 1 common
Relay output 2A None
240V AC or less or less 16 points
AJ65SBTB2N-16R 16 points 8A 120 mA 3 5.1.14
1 common
1/2 8 points
AJ65SBTB2N-8S 8 points 100 to 2.4 A 55 mA 2 5.1.15
Triac output 1 ms cycle + C·R 1 common
240 V AC 0.6 A
10 or less 1 ms or Absorber 32 points
AJ65SBTB2N-16S 16 points 50/60 Hz 4.8 A 85 mA 3 5.1.16
less 1 common
0.5 ms 1.5 ms 1-wire FCN 32 points
Photocoupler insulation
1 : 87.3 (3.44) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 8 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.1 mA or less)
2 : 118 (4.65) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 9 : Leakage current when the transistor output is OFF (0.25 mA or less)
3 : 179 (7.05) (W) × 50 (1.97) (H) × 40 (1.57) (D) mm (in.) 10 : Leakage current when the triac output is OFF 1.5 mA rms or less
4 : 184.7 (7.27) (W) × 57.9 (2.28) (H) × 86 (3.39) (D) mm (in.) (100 V AC rms 60 Hz), 3 mA rms or less (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)
5 : 41 (1.61) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.)
6 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 115 (4.53) (H) × 62 (2.44) (D) mm (in.)
7 : 60 (2.36) (W) × 200 (7.87) (H) × 48 (1.89) (D) mm (in.)
1-9 1-9
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Input current
No. of points
consumption
Input display
Rated input
Operation Input response
per module
dimensions
Reference
Insulation
External
Division
method
voltage
Internal
current
voltage time External Common
Model Input format
ON OFF OFF → ON → connection connection
voltage voltage ON OFF
14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTC1-32DT more less 1.5 ms or less 6.2.3
15 V or 3 V or 32 points
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 0.2 ms or less 1-wire 6.2.4
16 more less 1 common
14 V or 6 V or one-touch (shared with 50 mA
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 points 1.5 ms or less 6.2.5
more less connector output)
15 V or 3 V or 2
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 0.2 ms or less 6.2.6
Approx. more less
AJ65SBTC4-16DT 5 mA 14 V or 6 V or
1.5 ms or less 4-wire 6.2.1
more less
one-touch 16 points 40 mA
14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 8 1.5 ms or less connector 1 common 6.2.2
more less
points (shared with
4-wire
14 V or 6 V or output)
AJ65SBTW4-16DT 1.5 ms or less waterproof 90 mA 4 6.3.1
more less
connector
16 points
8 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB1-16DT 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 50 mA 2 6.1.1
points 7 mA more less with output)
32 points
16 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32DT 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 32 mA 3 6.1.2
points 7 mA more less with output)
16 points
8 Approx. 15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 0.2 ms or less 1 common (shared 55 mA 2 6.1.3
points 5 mA more less with output)
DC input
32 points
16 Approx. 15 V or 3 V or
Photocoupler insulation
16 points
Input side
24 V DC
8 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or block
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 50 mA 2 6.1.5
points 7 mA more less with output)
32 points
16 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 60 mA 3 6.1.6
points 7 mA more less with output)
16 points
8 Approx. 15 V or 3 V or
AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 0.2 ms or less 1 common (shared 55 mA 2 6.1.7
points 5 mA more less with output)
32 points
16 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 60 mA 3 6.1.8
points 7 mA more less with output)
8 points
4 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB32-8DT 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 45 mA 2 6.1.9
points 7 mA more less with output)
Input 3-wire 16 points
8 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB32-16DT 1.5 ms or less Output 1 common (shared 50 mA 3 6.1.10
points 7 mA more less with output)
2-wire
8 points
4 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or terminal 1 common (shared
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2 1.5 ms or less 45 mA 2 6.1.11
points 7 mA more less block with output)
16 points
8 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTB32-16DT2 1.5 ms or less 1 common (shared 50 mA 3 6.1.12
points 7 mA more less with output)
14 V or 6 V or
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT DC input 1.5 ms or less 1-wire 2 6.4.1
16 Approx. more less 16 points
(sink/source one-touch 50 mA
type) points 5 mA 15 V or 3 V or 1 common
AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1 0.2 ms or less connector 5 6.5.1
more less
DC input 2 to 4-wire 8 points
AJ65FBTA42-16DT (sink type) 8 Approx. 14 V or 6 V or 50 mA 6.6.1
1.5 ms or less waterproof 1 common (Shared 6
DC input points 7 mA more less
AJ65FBTA42-16DTE (source type) connector with output) 45 mA 6.6.2
1 - 10 1 - 10
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Internal current
Output display
No. of points
consumption
suppression
Rated input
dimensions
per module
Maximum load Output
Reference
Insulation
External
Division
method
voltage
Surge
current response time External Common
Model Output format
connection connection
OFF → ON →
1 point 1 common
ON OFF
AJ65SBTC1-32DT Transistor 6.2.3
output 8
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 1-wire 32 points 6.2.4
(sink type) 16
0.1 A 1.6 A one-touch 1 common
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2 Transistor points 6.2.5
connector (shared with input)
output 7
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 6.2.6
(sink type)
Transistor
0.5 ms 1.5 ms
AJ65SBTC4-16DT output 8 6.2.1
or less or less 4-wire
(sink type)
one-touch
Transistor 16 points
8 connector
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 output 7 1 common 6.2.2
points
(sink type) (shared with input)
0.5 A 2.4 A
4-wire
AJ65SBTW4-16DT waterproof 6.3.1
connector
16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT 1 common (shared 6.1.1
points
with input)
Transistor 32 points
16
AJ65SBTB1-32DT output 8 0.5 A 3.6 A 1 common (shared 6.1.2
points
(sink type) with input)
16 points
8
AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 2.4 A 1 common 6.1.3
points
(shared with input)
24 32 points
16
AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 V DC 3.6 A 1 common 6.1.4
points 1-wire
(shared with input)
terminal
Photocoupler insulation
16 points
8 block
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 2.4 A 1 common 6.1.5
1 - 11 1 - 11
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
Mitsubishi
Applicable module
model name
Input : AJ65SBTB1-8D
A6CVR-8 Output : AJ65SBTB1-8T AJ65SBTB1-8TE AJ65SBTB1-8T1
Repeater : AJ65SBT-RPT
Input : AJ65SBTB1-16D AJ65SBTB1-16D1 AJ65SBTC1-32D AJ65SBTC1-32D1
AJ65SBTC4-16D AJ65SBTB3-8D AJ65SBTB2-8A AJ65SBTB2N-8A
Output : AJ65SBTB1-16T AJ65SBTC1-32T AJ65SBTB1-16T1 AJ65SBTB2-8T
AJ65SBTB1-16TE AJ65SBTB2-8R AJ65SBTB2-8S AJ65SBTB2N-8R
A6CVR-16 AJ65SBTB2N-8S AJ65SBTB2-8T1
Protect cover for Combined : AJ65SBTC1-32DT AJ65SBTC1-32DT1 AJ65SBTC4-16DT AJ65SBTB1-6DT
compact remote AJ65SBTB1-16DT1 AJ65SBTB1-16DT2 AJ65SBTB32-8DT AJ65SBTC1-32DT2
I/O module AJ65SBTC1-32DT3 AJ65SBTC4-16DT2 AJ65SBTB1-16DT3 AJ65SBTB32-8DT2
(including 10) Optical Repeater : AJ65SBT-RPS AJ65SBT-RPG
Analog : AJ65SBT-64AD AJ65SBT-62DA
Input : AJ65SBTB1-32D AJ65SBTB1-32D1 AJ65SBTB2-16A AJ65SBTB2N-16A
AJ65SBTB3-16D
A6CVR-32 Output : AJ65SBTB1-32T AJ65SBTB1-32T1 AJ65SBTB2-16T AJ65SBTB2-16R
AJ65SBTB2-16S AJ65SBTB2N-16R AJ65SBTB2N-16S AJ65SBTB2-16T1
Combined : AJ65SBTB1-32DT AJ65SBTB1-32DT1 AJ65SBTB1-32DT2 AJ65SBTB32-16DT
AJ65SBTB1-32DT3 AJ65SBTB32-16DT2
1 Mitsubishi's A6CON-P , A6CAP- 1 includes 20 plugs.
2 Mitsubishi's A6CON- 5P includes 10 plugs.
3 Mitsubishi's A6CON- J5P includes 5 plugs.
1 - 12 1 - 12
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
An introductory list of connecting devices needed for use of the low profile waterproof
type remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 ) is shown below.
(2) Power Supply Module - Waterproof Plug (Female) 5-pin only can
be used.
Model Name Maker Specifications Connection Cable Diameter
ELKA 5012 PG7 φ 4.0 to 6.0mm
HIRSCHMANN
ELKA 5012 PG9 M12-5-pin Female Straight Type φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
CM02A-8DP5S(03) DDK Ltd. φ 8.0mm
ELWIKA 5012 PG7 φ 4.0 to 6.0mm
HIRSCHMANN M12-5-pin Female Right-angle Type
ELWIKA 5012 PG9 φ 6.0 to 8.0mm
1 - 13 1 - 13
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
1.7 About the Generic, Abbreviated and Technical Terms Used in This Manual
The abbreviated and technical terms used in this manual are listed below:
Generic/abbreviated/
Description
technical term
CC-Link Abbreviation of Control & Communications Link
Generic term for the AJ61BT11, A1SJ61BT11, AJ61QBT11 and A1SJ61QBT11 CC-Link system
Master/local module
master/local modules
Compact remote I/O module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - CC-Link system compact remote I/O modules
Conventional remote I/O
Generic term for the AJ65BT - CC-Link system remote I/O modules
module
Remote I/O module Generic term for the AJ65BT - /AJ65SBT - CC-Link system remote I/O modules
Input module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - A/D(1) remote I/O modules
Output module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - R/T /T1/TE remote I/O modules
Combined module Generic term for the AJ65SBT - DT(1) remote I/O modules
Waterproof type remote I/O
Generic term for the AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O modules
module
Low profile waterproof type
Generic term for the AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O modules
remote I/O module
1 - 14 1 - 14
1 OVERVIEW
MELSEC-A
MEMO
1 - 15 1 - 15
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
The names and settings for the components of the compact remote I/O module are
shown below:
AJ65SBTB1-8 (Terminal-block 8 point module, single-wire)
1) 3) 2)
2
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
AJ65SBTB1-8D
6) 8)
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 X8 9 A B C D E F
STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
AJ65SBTB1-16D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE COM
8)
6)
AJ65SBTB1-32D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X1A X1C X1E COM
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF X11 X13 X15 X17 X19 X1B X1D X1F COM
6)
8) 8)
2-1 2-1
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
AJ65SBTC1-32D X10-X1F
DA
DB
DG
SLD
+24V 24G
(FG)
X0
X1
X2
X4
X5
X6
X8
X9
XA
XC
XD
XE
X10
X11
X12
X14
X15
X16
X18
X19
X1A
X1C
X1D
X1E
COM
COM
2
X3 X7 XB XF X13 X17 X1B X1F
6) 8) 7) 6)
1) 3) 2)
AJ65SBTC4-16DT
5)
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7
DA DG +24V 24G Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF
CTL+
+24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V +24V
DB SLD (FG) 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G 24G
COM-
6) 6)
8) 7)
AJ65SBTCF1-32 (Terminal block 32 point module, single - wire FCN 40-pin connector)
1) 4) 3) 2)
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COMCOM
6) 8) 7)
2-2 2-2
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
DA DG +24V 24G
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM A
DB SLD (FG)
COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B
6) 8)
DA DG +24V 24G
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COM A
DB SLD (FG) COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B
8) 6) 8)
1) 3) 2)
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB2-8T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 DC24V
DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G
6) 8)
2-3 2-3
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
1) 3) 2)
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB2-16T
DA DG +24V 24G Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24V
DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM DC24G
8) 6) 8)
MITSUBISHI
AJ65SBTB3-8D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 DC24A
DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
6) 8)
1) 3) 2)
ON
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB3-16D
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 Y9 YA XB XC XD XE XF DC24A
DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
8) 6) 8)
2-4 2-4
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
1) 3) 2)
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB32-8DT
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 Y8 Y9 YA YB DC24V
DB SLD (FG) COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
6) 8)
ON
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB32-16DT
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF DC24V
DB SLD (FG) COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
8) 6)
2-5 2-5
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF
2-6 2-6
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
Switch
SINK SINK
6) Terminal block A terminal block for connection to the power supply of compact remote I/O
module, transmission and I/O signals.
7) Connector An input signal connector
8) Hook for DIN rail Hook to install the module to the DIN rail. When installing, push on the center
line of the hook for DIN rail with a finger tip until a clicking sound is heard.
2-7 2-7
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
2)
3)
9) SINK SOURCE
6) 1)
STATION NO.
MITSUBISHI AJ65SBTW4-16DT
5)
2-8 2-8
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF
4) Terminal block The terminal block for connecting the I/O module power supply and
transmission cable.
5) Through pipe for transmission and The through pipe used to connect the transmission and module power-supply
module power-supply cables cables to the terminal block.
Open the module top cover and remove the terminal block to perform
connection work of the transmission and module power-supply cables to the
terminal block. Attach the waterproof plugs provided with the product to
unused through pipes.
6) Waterproof connector for I/O wire A connector (waterproof) for I/O signals.
Attach the optional dustproof caps (A6CAP-DC1) to unused waterproof
connectors.
7) Sink/source switch Selects the input format from sink or source. Open the module top cover to
(For AJ65SBTW4-16D only) perform the setting.
< When setting for sink type > < When setting for source type >
SOURCE SOURCE
Switch
SINK SINK
2-9 2-9
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1
CON
A
5)
CON
B
X0 PW
L RUN
X1
L ERR
X2 1)
0
1
2
X3
3
7) 4
5
8)
X4 6
7
X5
X6
X7
CON
C
6)
CON
D
2 - 10 2 - 10
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1
AJ65VBTCU3-16D1
CON
A
5)
CON
B
PW
L RUN
L ERR
0
1
2
3
7) 4 1) 8)
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
X0 to X7 X8 to XF F
CON
C
6)
CON
D
2 - 11 2 - 11
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
40
20
10
8 3)
4
2
1
4
2 2)
1
AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
LINK X0 Y10
to to 4)
CON.A CON.B XF Y1F
PW
L RUN
5) L ERR
0
1
2
3
4
5 8)
6
7 1)
8
9
A
B
PW/AUX.
C
CON.C CON.D D
E
F
6)
7)
2 - 12 2 - 12
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
(Example) Set the switches as below when setting the station number to 32:
Station Ten's place One's place
number 40 20 10 8 4 2 1
32 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF
2 - 13 2 - 13
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
2 - 14 2 - 14
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
TERMINATION
110 130
ON 5) 5)
1 2 a b
ON
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
STATION NO B RATE
Communication
adapter AJ65FBTA42-16DTE
PROTECT
Y8
Y9
YA
YB 1)
YC
YD
YE
YF
6) 6)
c d
Y
Y
Y
Y
7) 7)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Storage sheet
2 - 15 2 - 15
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
2 - 16 2 - 16
2 NAMES AND SETTINGS FOR EACH PART
MELSEC-A
7) Waterproof connector for Waterproof connector for connection input signal. (Female 5 pins)
input connection*2 Be sure to attach waterproof cap A6CAP-WP2 (sold separately) when not in use.
(Tightening torque range: 0.29 N/m to 0.34 N/m.)
8) FG metal fitting For module FG terminal (tightening torque range: 0.78 N/m to 1.18 N/m)
9) Screw for communication Use this screw for removal/attachment of the communication adapter to the main
adapter removal/attachment module when online or when changing the switch settings.
(Tightening torque range: 0.42 N/m to 0.58 N/m).
10) Module attachment hole Screw hole for module attachment. 2-4.5 X 6 length hole (M4 attachment screw)
(Tightening torque range: 0.78 N/m to 1.18 N/m).
*2: Waterproof connector (based on IEC947-5-2, M12 type)
2 - 17 2 - 17
3 SPECIFICATIONS
MELSEC-A
3 SPECIFICATIONS
This section explains the compact Remote I/O Module general specifications.
Table 3.1 General specifications
Item Specifications
Operating ambient 6
0 to 55 °C
temperature
Storage ambient 6
-20 to 75 °C
temperature
Operating ambient 10 to 90 % RH, No condensation
4)
humidity (The waterproof remote I/O module conforms to IP67.
3
Storage ambient
10 to 90 % RH, No condensation
humidity
Frequency Acceleration Amplitude Sweep Count
When there is 10 to 57 Hz — 0.075 mm
Conforming
intermittent 2 10 times
Vibration to JIS B 57 to 150 Hz 9.8 m/s {1G} —
vibration each in X, Y
resistance 3502, IEC
When there is 10 to 57 Hz — 0.035 mm and Z axis
61132-2
continuous 2 (80 minutes)
57 to 150 Hz 4.9 m/s {1G} —
vibration
2
Shock resistance Conforming to JIS B3502, IEC 61131-2 (147 m/s {15G}, 3 times each in 3 directions)
Operating
No corrosive gas present
environment
3
Operating height 2000 m(6562 ft) or less
Installation area On the control board 5
Over-voltage
II or less
category 1
Pollution rate 2 2 or less
1 Indicates the location where the device is connected from the public cable network to the
device structure wiring area.
Category II applies to the devices to which the power is supplied from a fixed equipment.
Surge withstand voltage for devices with up to 300 V of rated voltage is 2500 V.
2 This is an index which indicates the degree of conductive object generation in the
environment Pollution level 2 is when only non-conductive pollution occurs.
A temporary conductivity caused by condensation must be expected occasionally.
3 Do not use or store the PC in the environment where the pressure is higher than the
atmospheric pressure at sea level. Otherwise, malfunction may result. To use the PC in high-
pressure environment, contact your nearest Mitsubishi representative.
4 Applicable only when all waterproof connectors are being used, or when waterproof caps are
installed on unused waterproof connectors or feed-through tubes. (Feed-through tubes are
used in the AJ65SBTW -16 only.)
5 It can also be used in an environment other than on the control panel if the conditions such as
usage ambient temperature and humidity are satisfied.
6 In the case of the waterproof remote I/O module, usage ambient temperature and storage
ambient temperature are the following. (AJ65SBTW -16 only)
Item Specification
Usage ambient temperature 0 to 45°C
Not wired (individual product) -20 to 65°C
Storage ambient temperature
Wired (after cable installation) -10 to 55°C
3-1 3-1
3 SPECIFICATIONS
MELSEC-A
MEMO
3-2 3-2
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
This chapter describes the specifications for a input module that can be connected to
the CC-Link system.
COM
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
COM
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
X7
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
X6
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
X5
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (2 points)(terminal block single wire type)
STATION NO.
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type(Sink/source shared type)
X4
Number of stations
X3
1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
occupied
X2
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
X1
power supply Current 30 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
ON
X0
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
SLD
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
DB
DA
108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB
4 SLD
5 +24V
TB3 DG
DC/DC
6 FG TB4 SLD
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
8 X0 R
9 X1 TB7 24G
10 X2 R
11 X3
TB8 X0
12 X4 TB9 X1
13 X5
14 X6 TB10 X2
15 X7 R TB11 X3
16 COM
17 COM R TB12 X4
External power supply for input TB13 X5
TB14 X6
TB15 X7
TB16 COM
TB17 COM
4-1 4-1
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
Max. simultaneous ON
COM
100 %
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
input points
XF
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
XE
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
XD
STATION NO.
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
XC
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
XB
time
XA
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
X9
ON
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (2 points) (terminal block single wire type)
X8
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
X7
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X6
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
X8 9 A B C D E F
4
X5
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X4
Noise durability
X3
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
AJ65SBTB1-16D
X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
X1
Insulation resistance
X0
Protection of degree IP2X
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.18kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
(FG)
24G
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm )
+24V
M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
Module installation screw 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
SLD
directions
DG
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
DB
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805) DA
terminal 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V TB6 FG
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G TB7 24G
I/O module power TB8 X0
supply 8 X0 R TB9 X1
9 X1 TB10 X2
10 X2 R
11 X3 TB11 X3
12 X4 TB12 X4
13 X5
14 X6 TB13 X5
15 X7 TB14 X6
16 X8
17 X9 TB15 X7
18 XA TB16 X8
19 XB
20 XC TB17 X9
21 XD TB18 XA
22 XE
23 XF R
TB19 XB
24 COM TB20 XC
25 COM R
TB21 XD
External power
TB22 XE
supply for input
TB23 XF
TB24 COM
TB25 COM
4-2 4-2
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
input points
COM
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
XF
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
XE
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
XD
STATION NO.
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
XC
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
XB
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (2 points) (terminal block single wire type)
XA
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type
X9
ON
(Sink/source shared type)
X8
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X7
occupied
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
X5
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X4
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X3
AJ65SBTB1-16D1
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X1
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
X0
Protection of degree IP2X
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.18kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
(FG)
24G
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm )
+24V
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
SLD
108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
DG
directions
DB
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812) DA
4-3 4-3
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
COM
Rated input current Approx. 7 mA
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
X1F
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X1E
X1D
Max. simultaneous ON
STATION NO.
100 %
X1C
input points
X1B
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
X1A
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
X19
ON
X18
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
X17
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
X16
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
X15
X14
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (2 points) (terminal block single wire type)
X13
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
X1819 1A 1B1C1D 1E 1F
X12
Number of stations
X11
1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
occupied
X10
XF
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
XE
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
XD
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
XC
X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
XB
XA
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X9
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
X8
IP2X
X7
Protection of degree
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.25kg
X5
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
X4
supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply
X3
AJ65SBTB1-32D
X2
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm )
X1
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
(FG)
24G
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
+24V
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
SLD
• V2-MS3
DG
DB
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
DA
2-3N, 2-3S 2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA TB4 SLD
2 DB
Insulation TB5 +24V
3 DG
4 SLD
TB6 FG
5 +24V TB7 24G
DC/DC
6 FG TB8 X0
7 24G TB9 X1
I/O module power
8 X0 R TB10 X2
supply 9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 R TB12 X4
11 X3
12 X4 TB13 X5
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7
16 X8
TB16 X8
17 X9 TB17 X9
18 XA TB18 XA
19 XB
20 XC
TB19 XB
21 XD TB20 XC
22 XE TB21 XD
23 XF TB22 XE
24 X10
25 X11 TB23 XF
26 X12 TB24 X10
27 X13 TB25 X11
28 X14
29 X15
TB26 X12
30 X16 TB27 X13
31 X17 TB28 X14
32 X18
33 X19
TB29 X15
34 X1A TB30 X16
35 X1B TB31 X17
36 X1C TB32 X18
37 X1D
38 X1E TB33 X19
39 X1F R TB34 X1A
40 COM TB35 X1B
41 COM R
External power TB36 X1C
supply for input TB37 X1D
TB38 X1E
TB39 X1F
TB40 COM
TB41 COM
4-4 4-4
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4.1.5 AJ65SBTB1-32D1 input module (Positive common (sink), negative common (source)
loading)
Form DC input module
Specification AJ65SBTB1-32D1 Surface shape
Number of input points 32 points
Isolation method Photocoupler
Rated input voltage 24 V DC
COM
COM
Rated input current Approx. 5 mA
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
X1F
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X1E
Max. simultaneous ON input
X1D
STATION NO.
100 %
X1C
points
X1B
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3 mA or higher
X1A
OFF voltage/OFF current 3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
X19
ON
Approx. 4.7 k Ω
X18
Input resistance
X17
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
X16
X15
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
X14
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (2 points) (terminal block single wire type)
X13
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
X1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
X12
X11
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X10
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
XF
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
XE
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
XD
Noise durability
XC
X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
XB
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
XA
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
X9
Insulation resistance
X8
Protection of degree IP2X
X7
Weight 0.25kg
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
X5
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
X4
supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply
AJ65SBTB1-32D1
X3
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88 N•cm )
X2
X1
M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
X0
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Module installation screw 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
(FG)
24G
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
+24V
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
SLD
• V2-MS3
DG
DB
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
DA
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA TB4 SLD
2 DB TB5 +24V
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB6 FG
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB7 24G
6 FG TB8 X0
7 24G
I/O module power TB9 X1
supply 8 X0 R TB10 X2
9 X1 TB11 X3
10 X2 R
11 X3
TB12 X4
12 X4 TB13 X5
13 X5 TB14 X6
14 X6 TB15 X7
15 X7
16 X8 TB16 X8
17 X9 TB17 X9
18 XA TB18 XA
19 XB
20 XC TB19 XB
21 XD TB20 XC
22 XE TB21 XD
23 XF
24 X10
TB22 XE
25 X11 TB23 XF
26 X12 TB24 X10
27 X13 TB25 X11
28 X14
29 X15 TB26 X12
30 X16 TB27 X13
31 X17 TB28 X14
32 X18
33 X19 TB29 X15
34 X1A TB30 X16
35 X1B TB31 X17
36 X1C
37 X1D
TB32 X18
38 X1E TB33 X19
39 X1F R TB34 X1A
40 COM
41 COM R
TB35 X1B
TB36 X1C
External power
TB37 X1D
supply for input TB38 X1E
TB39 X1F
TB40 COM
TB41 COM
4-5 4-5
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM A
Max. simultaneous ON 100 % simultaneous ON (at 110 V AC)
input points 60 % simultaneous ON (at 132 V AC)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Inrush current Max. 200 mA within 1 ms (at 132 V AC)
X7
ON voltage/ON current 80 V AC or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 30 V AC or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Approx. 15 k Ω (60 Hz), Approx. 18 k Ω (50 Hz)
X6
Input resistance
Response OFF ON 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)
time ON OFF 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)
X5
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (terminal block 2-wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
X4
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (24 V DC and all point is ON)
X3
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to
60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
X2
Withstand voltage 1780 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground,
rms/ 3 cycles (2000 m above sea level)
X1
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
STATION NO.
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all AC external terminals and ground
X0
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Weight 0.2kg
ON
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply
terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3
screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
+24V
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
AJ65SBTB2N-8A
SLD
108 N•cm)DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
DG
directions
MITSUBISHI
DB
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
2 DA
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG
Insulation
TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB6 FG
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 X0
I/O module
power supply TB9 COMB
TB10 X1
8 X0 R R TB11 COMB
9 COM B TB12 X2
R TB13 COMB
10 X1
11 COM B TB14 X3
12 X2 TB15 COMB
13 COM B TB16 X4
14 X3 TB17 COMB
15 COM B TB18 X5
16 X4 TB19 COMB
17 COM B TB20 X6
18 X5 TB21 COMB
19 COM B TB22 X7
20 X6
TB23 COMB
21 COM B
TB24 COMA
22 X7
TB25 COMB
23 COM B
24 COM A
25 COM B
100 V AC
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)
4-6 4-6
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B
points 60 % simultaneous ON (at 132 V AC)
COM A
8 9 A B C D E F
Inrush current Max. 200 mA within 1 ms (at 132 V AC)
XF
ON voltage/ON current 80 V AC or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 30 V AC or lower/1.7 mA or lower
XE
Input resistance Approx. 15 k Ω (60 Hz), Approx. 18 k Ω (50 Hz)
XD
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Response OFF ON 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)
XC
time ON OFF 20 ms or lower (at 100 V AC 60 Hz)
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (terminal block 2-wire type)
XB
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
XA
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X9
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X8
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
X7
First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
Withstand voltage 1780 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground, rms/ 3
X6
cycles (2000 m above sea level)
X5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance
X4
Insulation resistance
tester between all AC external terminals and ground
X3
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance
B RATE
4 2 1
X2
tester between all DC external terminals and ground
Weight 0.25kg
X1
40 20 10 8 4 2 1
STATION NO.
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
X0
supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
ON
(FG)
24G
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range
79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be
+24V
installed in 6 directions
SLD
AJ65SBTB2N-16A
DG
MITSUBISHI
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
DB
DA
Applicable solderless terminal • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S 2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V TB5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG
TB6 FG
I/O module 7 24G
TB7 24G
power supply TB8 X0
8 X0 R R TB9 COM B
9 COM B TB10 X1
10 X1 R TB11 COM B
11 COM B TB12 X2
12 X2 TB13 COM B
13 COM B
TB14 X3
14 X3
15 COM B
TB15 COM B
16 X4 TB16 X4
17 COM B TB17 COM B
18 X5 TB18 X5
19 COM B TB19 COM B
20 X6 TB20 X6
21 COM B TB21 COM B
22 X7
COM B
TB22 X7
23
24 X8 TB23 COM B
25 COM B TB24 X8
26 X9 TB25 COM B
27 COM B TB26 X9
28 XA TB27 COM B
29 COM B TB28 XA
30 XB
COM B
TB29 COM B
31
32 XC TB30 XB
33 COM B TB31 COM B
34 XD TB32 XC
35 COM B TB33 COM B
36 XE TB34 XD
37 COM B TB35 COM B
38 XF
COM B
TB36 XE
39
40 COM A
TB37 COM B
41 COM B TB38 XF
TB39 COM B
100 V AC TB40 COM A
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons) TB41 COM B
4-7 4-7
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
DC24A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
X7
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
STATION NO.
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
X6
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
X5
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (terminal block B-wire type)
ON
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
X4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
X3
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X2
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X1
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
COMA
Insulation resistance
AJ65SBTB3-8D
Protection of degree IP2X
X0
Weight 0.18kg
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
(FG)
24G
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
MITSUBISHI
+24V
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
SLD
directions
DA DG
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
DB
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
terminal 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA
2 DB TB3 DG
3 DG Insulation TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V
I/O module power 6 FG
DC/DC TB6 FG
supply 7 24G TB7 24G
TB8 X0
TB9 COM A
3-wire type 8 X0 R
sensor 9 COMA TB10 X1
10 X1 R TB11 COM B
2-wire type 11 COMB TB12 X2
sensor 12 X2
13 COMA
TB13 COM A
14 X3 TB14 X3
15 COMB TB15 COM B
16 X4
17 COMA
TB16 X4
18 X5 TB17 COM A
19 COMB TB18 X5
20 X6 TB19 COM B
21 COMA
22 X7 TB20 X6
Source Sink 23 COMB TB21 COM A
24 DC24A TB22 X7
25 DC24B
24 V DC
TB23 COM B
TB24 DC24A
TB25 DC24B
4-8 4-8
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
DC24A
Operating voltage range 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
B RATE
4 2 1
Max. simultaneous ON 100 %
XF
1
input points
40 20 10 8 4 2
STATION NO.
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher
XE
OFF voltage/OFF current 6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
XD
Input resistance Approx. 3.3 kΩ
ON
XC
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
XB
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common(terminal block 3-wire type)
YA
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
Y9
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
occupied
X8
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X7
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
X6
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
X5
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
X4
Insulation resistance
Protection of degree IP2X
X3
X8 9 A B C D E F
Weight 0.25kg
X2
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply
X1
AJ65SBTB3-16D
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm).
X0
M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Module installation screw 108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
(FG)
24G
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
MITSUBISHI
DA DG +24V
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
SLD
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
DB
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
1 DA TB6 FG
2 DB TB7 24G
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
TB8 X0
I/O module power
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB9 COMA
6 FG
supply 7 24G
TB10 X1
TB11 COMB
8 X0 R
TB12 X2
3-wire type
sensor 9 COMA TB13 COMA
10 X1 R TB14 X3
2-wire type 11 COMB
sensor 12 X2 TB15 COMB
13
14
COMA
X3
TB16 X4
15 COMB TB17 COMA
16 X4 TB18 X5
17 COMA
18 X5 TB19 COMB
19 COMB TB20 X6
20 X6
21 COMA TB21 COMA
22 X7 TB22 X7
23 COMB
24 X8 TB23 COMB
25 COMA TB24 X8
26 X9
27 COMB TB25 COMA
28 XA TB26 X9
29 COMA
30 XB
TB27 COMB
31 COMB TB28 XA
32 XC
33 COMA
TB29 COMA
34 XD TB30 XB
35 COMB
36 XE
TB31 COMB
37 COMA TB32 XC
38 XF
39 COMB
TB33 COMA
Source Sink
40 DC24A TB34 XD
41 DC24B TB35 COMB
24 V DC
TB36 XE
TB37 COMA
TB38 XF
TB39 COMB
TB40 DC24A
TB41 DC24B
4-9 4-9
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (When 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common
+24V
24G
XF
X7
(quick connector plug 4 wire type)
STATION NO.
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
+24V
24G
XE
X6
(switch via the selector switch)
Number of stations
+24V
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
24G
XD
X5
occupied
ON
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
+24V
24G
XC
X4
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
+24V
24G
X8 9 A B C D E F
XB
X3
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
+24V
24G
XA
X2
+24V
24G
Weight 0.15kg
+24V
24G
X0
X8
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
supply terminal), Direct-type 2-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm), Dedicated quick
(FG)
24G
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
SLD
108 N•cm)
DG
DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
DB
DA
4 - 10 4 - 10
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Black (white) 1
circuit
Orange 4 3 2 1
(orange) 2
R
CON2-4 24G
Brown (red) 3 CON1
R CON3-1 X2
Blue (black) 4
CON2 CON3-2 XA
3 wire type sensor (sink output) CON3 CON3-3 +24V
Black (white) 1
circuit
R CON4-1 X3
Orange CON5
(orange) 2 R
Brown (red) 3 CON4-2 XB
CON6
Blue (black) 4 CON4-3 +24
CON7
CON4-4 24G
CON8
CON5-1 X4
2 wire type sensor (sink output) CON8
Black (white) 1 CON5-2 XC
R
Orange
A module view
Detection
4 - 11 4 - 11
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Orange 4 3 2 1
(orange) 2
R CON2-4 24G
Brown (red) CON1
3 R
Blue (black)
CON3-1 X2
4
CON2
CON3-2 XA
3 wire type sensor (sink output) CON3 CON3-3 +24V
CON2 CON4 CON3-4 24G
Detection
Black (white) 1
R
circuit
Orange
(orange) 2 CON5
CON4-1 X3
R
Brown (red) 3 CON4-2 XB
Blue (black) CON6
4
CON4-3 +24
CON7
CON4-4 24G
2 wire type sensor (sink output)
CON8 CON5-1 X4
CON8
Black (white) 1
R
CON5-2 XC
Detection
Orange
circuit
(orange) 2 R
A module view CON5-3 +24V
Brown (red) 3
Blue (black) 4 from the top. CON5-4 24G
CON6-1 X5
Sink/Source switch CON6-2 XD
Sink Source
Source Sink
CON6-3 +24V
8 CTL+ CON6-4 24G
9 COM-
4 - 12 4 - 12
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (2 points)
COM
(quick connector plug single wire type)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type
X1C
X1D
X1E
X1F
(Sink/source shared type)
STATION NO.
Number of stations
X1A
X1B
X18
X19
1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
occupied
X14
X15
X16
X17
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
ON
X10-X1F
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON) X0-XF
X10
X11
X12
X13
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier X18 19 1A 1B1C1D 1E 1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
ground
AJ65SBTC1-32D
resistance tester
X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.16kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
(FG)
24G
DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
DA
range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and
can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
4 - 13 4 - 13
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 14 4 - 14
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
(quick connector plug single wire type)
COM
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type
(Sink/source shared type)
X1C
X1D
X1E
X1F
Number of stations
STATION NO.
1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
occupied
X1A
X1B
X18
X19
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X14
X15
X16
X17
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
ON
X10-X1F
X0-XF
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
X10
X11
X12
X13
frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition) X18 19 1A 1B1C1D 1E 1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
XC
XD
XE
XF
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
ground XA
XB
X8
X9
AJ65SBTC1-32D1
resistance tester
Protection of degree IP2X
X10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.16kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
(FG)
24G
4 - 15 4 - 15
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 16 4 - 16
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
AJ65SBTW4-16D
time ON OFF 1.5ms or lower (when 24 V DC)
L ERR.
L RUN
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (waterproof connector plug 4 wire type)
YC
YD
YA
YB
YE
YF
Y8
Y9
STATION NO.
Common to module power supply
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
PW
(Switch via the selector switch.)
MITSUBISHI
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
occupied
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5%)
CON7
CON8
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
(Input current of I/O section in not included)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
CON5
CON6
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance
tester
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.7kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
CON3
CON4
CON2
POWER CABL
torque cover
54 to 64 Nycm
value installation
screw (M3)
OUT
Module front-
IN
cover
54 to 64 Nycm
LINK CABL
LINK CABL
installation
screw (M3)
Module
installation
screws (M4
127 to 147 Nycm
screw with plain
washer finished
round)
Through pipe 99 to 148 Nycm
Applicable Transmission • RAV 1.25 to 3.5 (conforming to JIS C 2805)
wire size circuit, I/O 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
module power • V2-MS3
supply terminal RAP2-3S, RAP2-3SL(Japan Terminal Co., Ltd.)
and I/O power 2-3N, 2-3S
supply area [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2.0 mm ]
2
I/O area
-
connector
Through pipe
Applicable cable size: φ5.0 to 8.0
specifications
Accessory User’s manual: Waterproof plugs (2 plugs)
4 - 17 4 - 17
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
3
2
2
4 SLD
5 +24V CON2-3 24G
DC/DC
4
1
1
6 FG
7 24G CON2-4 X1
CON7
CON8
Common to I/O module power POWER Negative Positive common (sink)
supply and external power common
supply for input CABLE (source) Positive common (sink)/ CON3-1 +24V
Module mounting negative common (source)
4 wire type sensor (Source output) screw
switch
R CON3-2 XA
2
3
CON1 R
Detection
4 CON3-3 24G
circuit
4
1
2
1
R
CON5
CON6
1
CON3-4 X2
R
3
CON4-1 +24V
3 wire type sensor (Source output)
CON4-2 XB
2
R
CON2 R
Detection
4 CON4-3 24G
1
4
circuit
CON3
CON4
2
R
1 R
CON4-4 X3
3
CON5-1 +24V
3
3
2
R CON5-2 XC
2 wire type sensor (Source output) CON8
4
4
1
R
4 CON5-3 24G
CON1
CON2
Detec-
2
circuit
R CON5-4 X4
tion
1 R
3 A module view CON6-1 +24V
from the top.
CON6-2 XD
CON6-3 24G
CON6-4 X5
CON7-1 +24V
CON7-2 XE
CON7-3 24G
CON7-4 X6
CON8-1 +24V
CON8-2 XF
CON8-3 24G
CON8-4 X7
4 - 18 4 - 18
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
3
2
2
4 SLD
5
6
+24V
FG
DC/DC CON2-3 24G
4
1
1
7 24G
Common to I/O module power Sink CON2-4 X1
POWER
CON7
CON8
supply and external power Source Sink/Source switch
CABLE
supply for input
Module Sink Source CON3-1 +24V
4 wire type sensor (Source output) mounting screw
CON1
R CON3-2 XA
3
3
2
2
R
Detection
4
CON3-3 24G
Circuit
4
1
2
R 1
CON3-4 X2
CON5
CON6
1 R
3
CON4-1 +24V
3 wire type sensor (Source output)
R
CON4-2 XB
2
CON2 R
Detection
4
CON4-3 24G
circuit
4
1
2
R
CON3
CON4
1 R CON4-4 X3
3
CON5-1 +24V
3
3
2
4 CON5-3 24G
CON1
CON2
Detection
2
circuit
R
1 R
CON5-4 X4
3 A module view CON6-1 +24V
from the top.
CON6-2 XD
CON6-3 24G
CON6-4 X5
CON7-1 +24V
CON7-2 XE
CON7-3 24G
CON7-4 X6
CON8-1 +24V
CON8-2 XF
CON8-3 24G
CON8-4 X7
4 - 19 4 - 19
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NCCOMCOM
X10X11X12X13X14X15X16X17X18X19X1AX1BX1CX1DX1EX1FNC NC NC NC
STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Approx. 4.7 kΩ
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (at 24 V DC)
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (at 24 V DC)
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (FCN connector single wire type)
Input form Positive/Negative common shared type (Sink/source shared type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
ON
X10-X1F
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple rate: within 5 %)
X0-XF
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
AJ65SBTCF1-32D
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.15kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
MITSUBISHI
supply terminal), 40-pin connector (I/O power supply area, I/O connector)
(M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (conforming to JIS-C2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable input connector A6CON1 (Soldering type), A6CON2 (Crimp-contact type), A6CON3
(Pressure displacement type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
1 DA
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
2 DB TB1 DA
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB
4 SLD
I/O module 5 +24V DC/DC TB3 DG
6 FG
power supply 7 24G TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
B20 X0 R A1 B1
B19 X1 A2 B2 TB6 FG
B18 X2 R
B17 X3 A3 B3 TB7 24G
B16 X4 A4 B4 Pin number Signal name Pin number Signal name
B15 X5 A5 B5
B14 X6 B20 X0 A20 X10
A6 B6
B13 X7
A7 B7 B19 X1 A19 X11
B12 X8
B11 X9 A8 B8 B18 X2 A18 X12
B10 XA A9 B9 B17 X3 A17 X13
B9 XB A10 B10
B8 XC B16 X4 A16 X14
B7 XD A11 B11
B6 XE A12 B12 B15 X5 A15 X15
B5 XF A13 B13 B14 X6 A14 X16
A20 X10
A19 X11
A14 B14 B13 X7 A13 X17
A18 X12 A15 B15
B12 X8 A12 X18
A17 X13 A16 B16
A16 X14 A17 B17 B11 X9 A11 X19
A15 X15
A14 X16 A18 B18 B10 XA A10 X1A
A13 X17 A19 B19 B9 XB A9 X1B
A12 X18 A20 B20
A11 X19 B8 XC A8 X1C
A10 X1A B7 XD A7 X1D
A9 X1B
A8 X1C B6 XE A6 X1E
A7 X1D B5 XF A5 X1F
A6 X1E
A5 X1F R A module view B4 Vacant A4 Vacant
B2 COM
B1 COM R from the top. B3 Vacant A3 Vacant
External power B2 COM A2 Vacant
supply for input B1 COM A1 Vacant
4 - 20 4 - 20
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 21 4 - 21
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
1 R CON4 3 +24V
circuit
2
R
3 4 24G
4 CON5
1 X4
2 wire type sensor (sink output)
CON2
1
CON6 2 +V
Detection R CON5
2 3 +24V
R
circuit
3
4
CON7 4 24G
1 X5
CON8
2 +V
(sink output)
CON6
CON8 3 +24V
1
5 4 3 2 1
R 4 24G
2
R
3 CONC 1 X6
4
2 +V
COND CON7
3 +24V
<When using online connector> 4 24G
A module view
Online connector 1 X7
for communication from the top
CONA
2 +V
1 CON8
1 DA 3 +24V
LINK CABLE 2 2 DB
(IN) 3 4 24G
3 DG
4 4 NC
5 5 SLD 1 FG
CONB 2 +24V (UNIT)
1 1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 2 DB CONC, D 3 24G (UNIT)
(OUT) 3 3 DG
4 4 NC 4 +24V (I/O)
5 5 SLD 5 24G (I/O)
One-touch connector
for communication
CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE (IN) 1 1 FG
2 2 +24V (UNIT)
3 3 24G (UNIT)
4 4 +24V (I/O)
5 5 24G (I/O)
I/O POWER CABLE (IN) COND
1 1 FG
UNIT POWER 2 2 +24V (UNIT)
CABLE (OUT) 3 3 24G (UNIT)
I/O POWER 4 4 +24V (I/O)
CABLE (OUT) 5 5 24G (I/O)
4 - 22 4 - 22
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 23 4 - 23
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
1 R 4321 4321
2 1 X6
circuit
3 CON1 CON9 2 +V
4 CON7
CON2 CON10
3 +24V
2 wire type sensor (sink output) CON2 4 24G
1 R
Detection 2 CON3 CON11 1 X7
R
circuit 3 2 +V
4 CON4 CON12 CON8
3 +24V
CON5 CON13 4 24G
1 X8
(sink output) CON6 CON14
CON16 2 +V
1 CON9
2
R CON7 CON15 3 +24V
R
3 4 24G
4 CON8 CON16
1 X9
5 4 3 2 1
2 +V
CON10
3 +24V
<When using online connector> CONC 4 24G
Online connector
for communication COND 1 XA
CONA 2 +V
1 1 DA CON11
LINK CABLE 2 3 +24V
(IN) 3
2 DB
3 DG
A module view 4 24G
4
5
4 Vacant from the top 1 XB
5 SLD
CONB 2 +V
1 1 DA CON12
LINK CABLE 2 2 DB
3 +24V
(OUT) 3 3 DG 4 24G
4 4 Vacant
5 5 SLD
1 XC
One-touch connector 2 +V
for communication CON13
CONC
3 +24V
1
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN)
2
1 FG 4 24G
2 +24V(UNIT)
3 3 24G (UNIT)
1 XD
4 4 +24V (I/O) 2 +V
5 5 24G (I/O) CON14
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND
3 +24V
1 1 FG 4 24G
UNIT POWER 2 2 +24V(UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3 3 24G (UNIT)
1 XE
I/O POWER 4 4 +24V (I/O) 2 +V
CABLE(OUT) 5 5 24G (I/O) CON15
3 +24V
One-touch connector 4 24G
for power supply and FG
1 XF
2 +V
CON16
3 +24V
4 24G
1 FG
2 +24V (UNIT)
CONC, D 3 24G (UNIT)
4 +24V (I/O)
5 24G (I/O)
4 - 24 4 - 24
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 25 4 - 25
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
LINK IN 1 SLD SLD
4
2 Commu- 2 DB DB
3 nication
1 circuit 3 DG DG
110
LINK OUT R 4 DA DA
4 R
2 130 5 No pins Vacant
3 Terminal
1 resistance Power connector
5 select switch LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
UNIT POWER Male
1 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
3 DC/DC 2 1
5 2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
Unit mounting 2
4 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
screw (FG)
4 Vacant Vacant
AUX. LINK OUT
1 5 FG FG
3
5 Female I/O connector
2 1 2
4 wire type sensor 4 4 5 Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
3
(sink output) 1 +24V 1 +24V
2 X1 2 X9
circuit
Detecting
4 R
2 UNIT POWER/AUX. X0 X8
1 R X1 3 24G X9 3 24G
3 Male
5 4 X0 4 X8
3 wire type sensor R 2 5
1
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
(sink output) R 3 4
1 +24V 1 +24V
circuit
Detecting
4 2 X3 2 XB
R
2 X2 XA
1 R I/O connector
X3 3 24G XB 3 24G
3
5 Female 4 X2 4 XA
R 1 2
4 5 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
R 3
1 +24V 1 +24V
2 wire type sensor 2 X5 2 XD
(sink output) X4 XC
Front view X5 3 24G XD 3 24G
circuit
Detecting
4 R 4 X4 4 XC
2
1 R 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
3
5 1 +24V 1 +24V
R
R 2 X7 2 XF
X6 XE
X7 3 24G XF 3 24G
4 X6 4 XE
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
4 - 26 4 - 26
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
4 - 27 4 - 27
4 SPECIFICATIONS FOR INPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External Connections
Pin arrangement Communication connector
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
LINK IN 1 SLD SLD
4
2 Commu- 2 DB DB
3 nication
1 circuit 3 DG DG
110
LINK OUT R 4 DA DA
4 R
2 130 5 No pins Vacant
3 Terminal
1 resistance Power connector
5 select switch LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
UNIT POWER
1 Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
3 DC/DC 2 1
5 2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
Unit mounting 2
4 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
screw (FG)
4 Vacant Vacant
AUX. LINK OUT
1 5 FG FG
3
5 Female I/O connector
I/O connector 2 1 2
4 wire type sensor 4 4 5 Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
3
(source output) 1 +24V 1 +24V
2 X1 2 X9
circuit
Detecting
4 R
2 UNIT POWER/AUX. X0 X8
1 R X1 3 24G X9 3 24G
3
5 Male 4 X0 4 X8
3 wire type sensor R 2 1
3
5
4
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
(source output) R
1 +24V 1 +24V
circuit
Detecting
4 2 X3 2 XB
R
2 I/O connector X2 XA
1 R 3 24G 3 24G
3 X3 XB
5 Female 4 X2 4 XA
R 1 2
4 5 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
R 3
1 +24V 1 +24V
2 wire type sensor 2 X5 2 XD
(source output) X4 XC
Front view X5 3 24G XD 3 24G
circuit
Detecting
4 R 4 X4 4 XC
2
1 R 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
3
5 1 +24V 1 +24V
R
R 2 X7 2 XF
X6 XE
X7 3 24G XF 3 24G
4 X6 4 XE
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
4 - 28 4 - 28
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
This chapter describes the specifications for an output module that can be connected
to the CC-Link system.
COM-
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y7
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y6
Power supply Current 15 mA (TYP.24 VDC/common) Not including external load current
5
Y5
STATION NO.
for output
Y4
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y3
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
Y1
ON
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
(FG)
24G
AJ65SBTB1-8T
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground +24V
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester SLD
Protection of degree IP2X
DG
Weight 0.14kg
DB
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
DA
5-1 5-1
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP) 0.5 A
CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
0.6 V or lower (MAX) 0.5 A
YF
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
YE
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and overheat
YD
STATION NO.
protection function
YC
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
YB
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YA
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y9
ON
Power supply Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/common)
Y8
for output Not including external load current
Y7
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y5
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment(use 16 points)
Y4
occupied
Y3
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
AJ65SBTB1-16T
Y2
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y1
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
5 Noise durability
Y0
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
(FG)
24G
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18kg
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
SLD
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm) DG
Module installation screw 108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA
TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG Insulation
TB3 DG
4 SLD
5 +24V TB4 SLD
DC/DC
6 FG TB5 +24V
7 24G
I/O module power TB6 FG
supply TB7 24G
L 8 Y0
9 Y1
TB8 Y0
10 Y2 TB9 Y1
11 Y3 TB10 Y2
12 Y4
13 Y5 TB11 Y3
14 Y6 TB12 Y4
15 Y7
16 Y8
TB13 Y5
17 Y9 TB14 Y6
18 YA
19 YB
TB15 Y7
20 YC TB16 Y8
21 YD TB17 Y9
22 YE
External power L 23 YF TB18 YA
Constant
supply for output 24 CTL+ voltage
circuit
TB19 YB
25 COM-
TB20 YC
Load power supply TB21 YD
L TB22 YE
When external power supply TB23 YF
24 CTL+ for output and load power supply TB24 CTL+
25 COM- are mutual. TB25 COM-
5-2 5-2
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Protection function Overload protection function and overvoltage protection function
Y1F
Y1E
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y1D
STATION NO.
Y1C
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y1B
Y1A
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y19
ON
Y18
Power supply Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/common)
Y17
for output Not including external load current
Y16
Y15
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y14
Y13
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common
Y1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
Y12
Y11
(Terminal block single wire type)
Y10
YF
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
YE
occupied (use 32 points)
YD
YC
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %) Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
YB
YA
power supply Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y9
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier Y8
Y7
frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Y5
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
Y4
Y3
AJ65SBTB1-32T
ground
Y2
Y1
resistance tester
(FG)
Weight 0.25kg
+24V
SLD
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
DG
DB
5-3 5-3
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
1 DA TB7 24G
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB8 Y0
4 SLD
5 +24V TB9 Y1
DC/DC
6 FG
I/O module power 7 24G
TB10 Y2
supply TB11 Y3
L 8 Y0
9 Y1 TB12 Y4
10 Y2
11 Y3 TB13 Y5
12 Y4
13 Y5 TB14 Y6
14 Y6
15 Y7 TB15 Y7
16 Y8
17 Y9
TB16 Y8
18 YA TB17 Y9
19 YB
20 YC TB18 YA
21 YD
22 YE TB19 YB
23 YF
24 Y10 TB20 YC
25 Y11
26 Y12
TB21 YD
27 Y13 TB22 YE
28 Y14
29 Y15 TB23 YF
30 Y16
31 Y17 TB24 Y10
32 Y18
33 Y19 TB25 Y11
34 Y1A
35 Y1B
TB26 Y12
36 Y1C TB27 Y13
37 Y1D
38 Y1E TB28 Y14
External power L 39 Y1F Constant
40 CTL+ voltage TB29 Y15
supply for output 41 COM- circuit
TB30 Y16
Load power supply TB31 Y17
L
When external power supply TB32 Y18
40 CTL+ for output and load power supply TB33 Y19
41 COM- are mutual. TB34 Y1A
TB35 Y1B
TB36 Y1C
TB37 Y1D
TB38 Y1E
TB39 Y1F
TB40 CTL+
TB41 COM-
5-4 5-4
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
CTL+
Power supply Current 15 mA (TYP.24 VDC/common)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Y7
for output Not including external load current
Y6
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y5
STATION NO.
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y4
Y3
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
Y2
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1
ON
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
AJ65SBTB1-8T1
(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
+24V
ground
SLD
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation
DG
resistance tester
DB
DA
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.14kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 10-point terminal block (I/O
power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm )
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and
can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3 R1.25-3 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
terminal 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manuals
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB
4 SLD
5 24V TB3 DG
DC/DC
6 FG TB4 SLD
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB5 +24V
Constant
voltage circuit TB6 FG
L Y0
TB7 24G
8
9 Y1 TB8 Y0
10 Y2
11 Y3 TB9 Y1
12 Y4 TB10 Y2
13 Y5
14 Y6 TB11 Y3
L 15 Y7
External power 16 CTL
TB12 Y4
supply for output 17 COM TB13 Y5
Load power supply TB14 Y6
When external power supply for output TB15 Y7
and load power supply are mutual. TB16 CTL+
L 8 Y0 TB17 COM-
9 Y1
10 Y2
11 Y3
12 Y4
13 Y5
14 Y6
L 15 Y7
16 CTL
17 COM
5-5 5-5
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP) 0.5 A
B RATE
YF
0.6 V or lower (MAX) 0.5 A
YE
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
YD
Protection function None
STATION NO.
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
YC
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YB
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YA
Power supply Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/common)
Y9
ON
for output Not including external load current
Y8
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y7
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common
(Terminal block single wire type)
Y6
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
Y5
occupied (use 16 points)
Y4
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y3
AJ65SBTB1-16T1
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
Y2
Noise durability
frequency 25 to 600 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Y1
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation
resistance tester
(FG)
24G
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18kg
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O
SLD
power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm )
DG
M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
Module installation screw range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and DB
DA
5-6 5-6
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Y1F COM-
Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
Y1E CTL+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP) 0.5 A
0.6 V or lower (MAX) 0.5 A
Y1D
STATION NO.
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
Y1C
Y1B
Protection function None
Y1A
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y19
ON
Y18
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y17
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y16
Power supply Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
Y15
Y14
for output Not including external load current
Y13
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y12
Y1819 1A 1B1C1D 1E 1F
Y11
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common
Y10
(Terminal block single wire type)
YF
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
YE
YD
occupied (use 32 points)
YC
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
YB
YA
power supply Current 65 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y9
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier Y8
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
Y5
ground
Y4
Insulation resistance
Y2
resistance tester
Y1
Y0
Weight 0.25kg
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O
+24V
Module installation screw range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and
DA
5-7 5-7
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
1 DA TB7 24G
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB8 Y0
4 SLD
5 +24V TB9 Y1
I/O module power 6 FG
DC/DC
supply 7 24G
TB10 Y2
TB11 Y3
L 8 Y0
9 Y1 TB12 Y4
10 Y2
11 Y3 TB13 Y5
12 Y4
13 Y5 TB14 Y6
14 Y6
15 Y7 TB15 Y7
16 Y8
17 Y9
TB16 Y8
18 YA TB17 Y9
19 YB
20 YC TB18 YA
21 YD
22 YE TB19 YB
23 YF
24 Y10 TB20 YC
25 Y11
26 Y12
TB21 YD
27 Y13 TB22 YE
28 Y14
29 Y15 TB23 YF
30 Y16
31 Y17 TB24 Y10
32 Y18
33 Y19 TB25 Y11
34 Y1A
35 Y1B
TB26 Y12
36 Y1C TB27 Y13
37 Y1D
38 Y1E TB28 Y14
External power L 39 Y1F Constant
40 CTL+ voltage TB29 Y15
supply for output 41 COM-
circuit
TB30 Y16
Load power supply TB31 Y17
L When external power supply TB32 Y18
for output and load power supply TB33 Y19
40 CTL+
41 COM- are mutual. TB34 Y1A
TB35 Y1B
TB36 Y1C
TB37 Y1D
TB38 Y1E
TB39 Y1F
TB40 CTL+
TB41 COM-
5-8 5-8
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
CTL-
ON OFF
COM+
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Y7
Power supply Current 15 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
Y6
for output Not including external load current
Y5
STATION NO.
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y4
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common
Y3
(Terminal block single wire type)
Y2
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
Y1
ON
occupied (use 8 points)
Y0
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 35 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
AJ65SBTB1-8TE
(FG)
24G
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise simulator condition)
+24V
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
SLD
ground
DG
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation
DB
DA
resistance tester
Weight 0.14kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 10-point terminal block (I/O
power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
Module installation screw range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and
can be installed in 6 derections
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3 R1.25-3 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
terminal 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB TB2 DB
3 DG
Insulation
4 SLD TB3 DG
5 +24V
6 FG
DC/DC TB4 SLD
7 24G TB5 +24V
I/O module power supply
TB6 FG
L 8 Y0 TB7 24G
9 Y1
10 Y2 TB8 Y0
11 Y3
12 Y4 TB9 Y1
13 Y5 TB10 Y2
14 Y6
Load power supply L 15 Y7 TB11 Y3
Constant voltage
16 COM+
17 CTL-
circuit
TB12 Y4
External power TB13 Y5
supply for output
TB14 Y6
L TB15 Y7
When external power supply
16 COM+ for output and load power supply TB16 COM+
17 CTL- are mutual. TB17 CTL-
5-9 5-9
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
CTL-
0.2 V or lower (MAX) 0.1 A
COM+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Output form Negative common (Source type)
YF
Protection function Overload protection function and overheat protection function
YE
YD
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
STATION NO.
YC
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YB
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YA
Power supply Current 30 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
Y9
ON
for output Not including external load current
Y8
Y7
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y6
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Y5
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
Y4
occupied
Y3
AJ65SBTB1-16TE
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y2
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y1
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
Y0
Noise durability
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
25 to 60 Hz(noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Weight 0.18kg
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
SLD
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
DG
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm),
DB
DA
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA TB2 DB
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB3 DG
4 SLD TB4 SLD
5 +24V
6 FG
DC/DC TB5 +24V
7 24G TB6 FG
I/O module power supply TB7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB8 Y0
9 Y1
10 Y2
TB9 Y1
11 Y3 TB10 Y2
12 Y4
13 Y5
TB11 Y3
14 Y6 TB12 Y4
15 Y7
16 Y8
TB13 Y5
17 Y9 TB14 Y6
18 YA
19 YB TB15 Y7
20 YC TB16 Y8
Load power supply 21 YD
TB17 Y9
22 YE
L 23 YF
Constant
TB18 YA
24 COM+ voltage circuit
TB19 YB
External power 25 CTL-
supply for output TB20 YC
TB21 YD
L TB22 YE
When external power supply
24 COM+ for output and load power supply TB23 YF
25 CTL- are mutual. TB24 COM+
TB25 CTL-
5 - 10 5 - 10
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM DC24G
Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
DC24V
Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP) 0.5 A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
0.6 V or lower (MAX) 0.5 A
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
Y7
COM
STATION NO.
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and overheat
protection function
Y6
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
COM
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y5
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
COM
ON
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
Y4
for output Not including external load current
COM
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y3
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (terminal block 2-wire type)
COM
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
Y2
occupied (use 8 points)
COM
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
A J65SBTB2-8T
Y0
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.18kg
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
MITSUBISHI
+24V
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
SLD
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
DG
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to DB
DA
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
TB4 SLD
2 DB TB5 +24V
3 DG Insulation TB6 FG
4 SLD
5 +24V TB7 24G
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC
power supply 7 24G TB8 Y0
TB9 COM
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0 TB11 COM
9 COM TB12 Y2
10 Y1
11 COM TB13 COM
12 Y2 TB14 Y3
13 COM
14 Y3 TB15 COM
15 COM TB16 Y4
16 Y4
17 COM TB17 COM
18 Y5
19 COM
TB18 Y5
20 Y6 TB19 COM
21 COM
22 Y7
TB20 Y6
23 COM Constant TB21 COM
24 DC24V voltage circuit
25 DC24G TB22 Y7
External power supply TB23 COM
for output
TB24 DC24V
TB25 DC24G
5 - 11 5 - 11
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM DC24G
DC24V
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
1 4 2 1
B RATE
Protection function Overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
YF
overheat protection function
COM
40 20 10 8 4 2
STATION NO.
YE
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
COM
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YD
COM
ON
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YC
COM
Power supply Current 24.2 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
YB
COM
for output Not including external load current
YA
Surge suppression Zener diode
COM
Y9
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common
COM
(Terminal block 2-wire type)
Y8
COM
Occupied station number 1 station 32 points assignment
Y7
COM
(use 16 points)
Y6
COM
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y5
power supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier Y4
COM
COM
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
Y2
COM
ground
Y1
COM
AJ65SBTB2-16T
resistance tester
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
SLD
5 - 12 5 - 12
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
TB8 Y0
1 DA TB9 COM
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB10 Y1
4 SLD
I/O module 5 +24V
TB11 COM
DC/DC
power supply 6 FG TB12 Y2
7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB13 COM
9 COM
10 Y1 TB14 Y3
11 COM TB15 COM
12 Y2
13 COM TB16 Y4
14 Y3
15 COM TB17 COM
16 Y4
17 COM TB18 Y5
18 Y5
19 COM
TB19 COM
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM
22 Y7 TB21 COM
23 COM
24 Y8 TB22 Y7
25 COM
TB23 COM
26 Y9
27 COM TB24 Y8
28 YA
29 COM TB25 COM
30 YB
31 COM TB26 Y9
32 YC
TB27 COM
33 COM
34 YD TB28 YA
35 COM
36 YE TB29 COM
37 COM
External power supply 38 YF TB30 YB
for output 39 COM
40 DC24V
Constant TB31 COM
voltage circuit
41 DC24G TB32 YC
TB33 COM
TB34 YD
TB35 COM
TB36 YE
TB37 COM
TB38 YF
TB39 COM
TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G
5 - 13 5 - 13
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM DC24G
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Protection function None
Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y7
COM
STATION NO.
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y6
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
COM
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
Y5
for output Not including external load current
COM
ON
Y4
Surge suppression Zener diode
COM
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (terminal block 2-wire type)
Y3
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
COM
occupied
Y2
COM
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
A J65SBTB2-8T1
Noise durability
Y0
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
(FG)
24G
Protection of degree IP2X
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Weight 0.18kg
SLD
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
DG
supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
DB
DA
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
TB4 SLD
2 DB TB5 +24V
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD
TB6 FG
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G TB8 Y0
I/O module power supply TB9 COM
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0 TB11 COM
9 COM TB12 Y2
10 Y1
11 COM TB13 COM
12 Y2 TB14 Y3
13 COM
14 Y3 TB15 COM
15 COM TB16 Y4
16 Y4
17 COM TB17 COM
18 Y5
19 COM
TB18 Y5
20 Y6 TB19 COM
21 COM
22 Y7 TB20 Y6
23 COM Constant TB21 COM
24 DC24V voltage circuit
25 DC24G TB22 Y7
External power TB23 COM
supply for output TB24 DC24V
TB25 DC24G
5 - 14 5 - 14
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM DC24G
DC24V
1
B RATE
2
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
2 1 4
YF
COM
STATION NO.
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YE
40 20 10 8
COM
Power supply Current 24.2 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/1 common)
YD
COM
for output Not including external load current
ON
YC
COM
Surge suppression Zener diode
YB
COM
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common
YA
COM
(Terminal block 2-wire type)
Y9
COM
Number of stations 1 station 32 points assignment
Y8
COM
Y7
occupied (use 16 points)
COM
Y6
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
COM
Y5
power supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM
Y4
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
COM
Y3
Y8 9 A B C D E F
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
Y1
A J65SBTB2-16T1
COM
ground
Y0
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Weight 0.25kg
DB
DA
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O
power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
Module installation screw range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and
can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
5 - 15 5 - 15
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
TB8 Y0
1 DA TB9 COM
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB10 Y1
4 SLD
I/O module power supply TB11 COM
5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB12 Y2
7 24G
L 8 Y0 TB13 COM
9 COM
10 Y1 TB14 Y3
11 COM TB15 COM
12 Y2
13 COM TB16 Y4
14 Y3
15 COM TB17 COM
16 Y4
17 COM TB18 Y5
18 Y5
19 COM
TB19 COM
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM
22 Y7 TB21 COM
23 COM
24 Y8 TB22 Y7
25 COM
TB23 COM
26 Y9
27 COM TB24 Y8
28 YA
29 COM TB25 COM
30 YB
31 COM TB26 Y9
32 YC
TB27 COM
33 COM
34 YD TB28 YA
35 COM
36 YE TB29 COM
External power 37 COM
supply for output 38 YF TB30 YB
39 COM
40 DC24V
Constant TB31 COM
voltage circuit
41 DC24G TB32 YC
TB33 COM
TB34 YD
TB35 COM
TB36 YE
TB37 COM
TB38 YF
TB39 COM
TB40 DC24V
TB41 DC24G
5 - 16 5 - 16
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM A
10 million times or more
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.35)
Y7
10 million times or more
24 V DC 1 A, 100 V DC 0.1 A (L/R = 7 ms)
Y6
10 million times or more
Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour
Y5
Surge suppression None
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block 2-wire type)
Y4
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
occupied
Y3
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 85 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to
Y2
Noise durability
60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
Y1
First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
STATION NO.
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground,
rms/ 3 cycles (2000 m above sea level)
Y0
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
ON
between all AC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
+24V
Weight 0.25kg
AJ65SBTB2N-8R
SLD
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
DG
MITSUBISHI
method supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply
DB
DA
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S 2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB TB3 DG
Insulation
3 DG TB4 SLD
4 SLD TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 FG
6 FG TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 Y0
I/O module power
supply
TB9 COMB
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0 TB11 COMB
9 COM B RA TB12 Y2
10 Y1 TB13 COMB
11 COM B TB14 Y3
12 Y2 TB15 COMB
13 COM B TB16 Y4
14 Y3 TB17 COMB
15 COM B TB18 Y5
16 Y4 TB19 COMB
17 COM B TB20 Y6
18 Y5 TB21 COMB
19 COM B TB22 Y7
20 Y6 TB23 COMB
21 COM B TB24 COMA
L 22 Y7 TB25 COMB
23 COM B
24 COM A
25 COM B
100/200 V AC
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)
5 - 17 5 - 17
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B
Min. switching load 5 V DC 1 mA
COM A
Max. switching voltage 264 V AC 125 V DC
8 9 A B C D E F
Response OFF ON 10 ms or lower
YF
time ON OFF 12 ms or lower
Life Mechanical 20 million times or more
YE
Electrical Rated switching voltage/current load 10 million times or more
YD
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
200 V AC 1.5 A, 240 V AC 1 A (cosφ = 0.7) 10 million times or more
200 V AC 1 A, 240 V AC 0.5 A (cosφ = 0.35) 10 million times or more
YC
24 V DC 1 A, 240 V DC 1 A (L/R = 7 ms) 10 million times or more
YB
Max. switching frequency 3600 times/hour
Surge suppression None
YA
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block 2-wire type)
Y9
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y8
power supply Current 120 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz
Y7
Noise durability
(noise simulator condition) First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
Y6
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground,
rms/ 3 cycles (2000 m above sea level)
Y5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Y4
Insulation resistance
between all AC external terminals and ground
Y3
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
B RATE
1 4 2 1
Y2
Weight 0.35kg
Y1
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply
40 20 10 8 4 2
STATION NO.
terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw
Y0
tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108
N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
ON
(FG)
24G
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
+24V
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
SLD
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm2]
AJ65SBTB2N-16R
terminal
DG
MITSUBISHI
• V2-MS3
DB
DA
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
1 DA
2 DB
TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD TB6 FG
5 +24V
DC/DC TB7 24G
6 FG
7 24G TB8 Y0
I/O module power TB9 COMB
supply TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0
TB11 COMB
9 COM B
10 Y1 RA TB12 Y2
11 COM B TB13 COMB
12 Y2
13
TB14 Y3
COM B
14 Y3 TB15 COMB
15 COM B TB16 Y4
16 Y4 TB17 COMB
17 COM B
18 Y5
TB18 Y5
19 COM B TB19 COMB
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM B
22 Y7
TB21 COMB
23 COM B TB22 Y7
24 Y8 TB23 COMB
25 COM B TB24 Y8
26 Y9
27 COM B TB25 COMB
28 YA TB26 Y9
29 COM B
30 YB
TB27 COMB
31 COM B TB28 YA
32 YC TB29 COMB
33 COM B
34 YD TB30 YB
35 COM B TB31 COMB
36 YE
37 COM B TB32 YC
L 38 YF TB33 COMB
39 COM B
40 COM A
TB34 YD
41 COM B TB35 COMB
100/200 V AC TB36 YE
TB37 COMB
TB38 YF
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)
TB39 COMB
TB40 COMA
TB41 COMB
5 - 18 5 - 18
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM A
3 mA rms or lower (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)
Max. voltage drop at ON 1.5 V rms or lower (when 0.6 A)
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
Y7
time ON OFF 1/2 cycle + 1 ms or lower
Surge suppression C/R absorver (0.01 µF + 47 Ω)
Y6
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block 2-wire type)
Number of stations
Y5
1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
occupied
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y4
power supply Current 55 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to
Y3
60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Y2
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground,
rms/ 3 cycles (2000 m above sea level)
Y1
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
STATION NO.
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Y0
between all AC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
between all DC external terminals and ground
ON
(FG)
24G
Weight 0.25kg
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
+24V
method supply terminal), Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply AJ65SBTB2N-8S
SLD
area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
DG
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
MITSUBISHI
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
DB
DA
directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
1 DA
TB2 DB
2 DB
Insulation TB3 DG
3 DG
TB4 SLD
4 SLD
TB5 +24V
5 +24V
DC/DC TB6 FG
6 FG
TB7 24G
7 24G
I/O module power
TB8 Y0
supply TB9 COMB
surge suppression
TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0
TB11 COMB
9 COM B
R TB12 Y2
10 Y1
TB13 COMB
11 COM B Triac TB14 Y3
12 Y2
TB15 COMB
13 COM B
TB16 Y4
14 Y3
15 COM B
TB17 COMB
16 Y4
TB18 Y5
17 COM B
TB19 COMB
18 Y5
TB20 Y6
19 COM B
TB21 COMB
20 Y6
TB22 Y7
21 COM B
TB23 COMB
L 22 Y7
TB24 COMA
23 COM B
TB25 COMB
24 COM A
25 COM B
100 V AC
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons)
5 - 19 5 - 19
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B COM B
Max. load current 0.6 A/point, 4.8A/common
COM A
Min. load voltage⋅current
8 9 A B C D E F
50 V AC 100 mA, 100 V AC 10 mA, 240 V AC 10 mA
Max. inrush current 25 A 10 ms or lower
YF
Leakage current at OFF 1.5 mA rms or lower (100 V AC rms 60 Hz),
YE
3 mA rms or lower (200 V AC rms 60 Hz)
Max. voltage drop at ON 1.5 V rms or lower (when 0.6 A)
YD
PW L RUN L ERR Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Response OFF ON 1 ms or lower
YC
time ON OFF 1/2 cycle + 1 ms or lower
C·R absorver (0.01 µF + 47 Ω)
YB
Surge suppression
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (terminal block 2-wire type)
YA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
Y9
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 85 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y8
Noise durability Simulator noise 1500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60
Y7
Hz (noise simulator condition) First transient/noise burst IEC61000-4-4 : 1 kV
Y6
Withstand voltage 2830 V AC between all AC external terminals and ground, rms/ 3 cycles (2000
m above sea level)
Y5
500 V AC for 1 minutes between all DC external terminals and ground
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Y4
Insulation resistance
between all AC external terminals and ground
Y3
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
B RATE
1
between all DC external terminals and ground
Y2
4 2
Weight 0.35kg
Y1
1
2
STATION NO.
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply
40 20 10 8 4
Y0
method terminal), Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3
screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108
ON
(FG)
24G
N•cm)DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
+24V
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
SLD
AJ65SBTB2N-16S
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
DG
MITSUBISHI
2
terminal [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
DB
DA
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S 2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
1 DA TB3 DG
2 DB TB4 SLD
3 DG Insulation TB5 +24V
4 SLD
TB6 FG
5 +24V
6 FG
DC/DC TB7 24G
7 24G TB8 Y0
I/O module power TB9 COMB
Surge suppression
supply TB10 Y1
L 8 Y0
TB11 COMB
9 COM B
10 Y1 R
TB12 Y2
11 COM B TB13 COMB
12 Y2 TB14 Y3
13 COM B Triac
14
TB15 COMB
Y3
15 COM B TB16 Y4
16 Y4 TB17 COMB
17 COM B TB18 Y5
18 Y5 TB19 COMB
19 COM B
20 Y6 TB20 Y6
21 COM B TB21 COMB
22 Y7 TB22 Y7
23 COM B TB23 COMB
24 Y8
25 COM B
TB24 Y8
26 Y9 TB25 COMB
27 COM B TB26 Y9
28 YA
29 COM B
TB27 COMB
30 YB TB28 YA
31 COM B TB29 COMB
32 YC
33 COM B TB30 YB
34 YD TB31 COMB
35 COM B TB32 YC
36 YE
37 COM B TB33 COMB
L 38 YF TB34 YD
39 COM B
40 COM A
TB35 COMB
41 COM B TB36 YE
TB37 COMB
100/200 V AC TB38 YF
TB39 COMB
The COM terminals are all connected inside the module. (Shared commons) TB40 COMA
TB41 COMB
5 - 20 5 - 20
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
CTL
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Power Current
50 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/common)
supply for
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
Not including external load current
STATION NO.
output
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Surge suppression Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points) ON
Y10-Y1F
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y0-YF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Y18 19 1A1B1C1D1E 1F
Noise durability
Y8 9 A B C D E F
YC
YD
YF
YE
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
AJ65SBTC1-32T
ground
Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
power supply terminal), Direct-type 2-point terminal block (I/O
+24V
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque
range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can be used for installation and
can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable Transmission • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS-C2805)
2
wire size circuit, I/O [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
module power • V2-MS3
supply terminal RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
and I/O power 2-3N, 2-3S
2
supply area [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
I/O area • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
2
connector [Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
5 - 21 5 - 21
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
5 - 22 5 - 22
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
output
CTL+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Surge suppression Zener diode
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
STATION NO.
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
ON
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y10-Y1F
Y0-YF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier
YC
YD
YF
YE
frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and
YA
YB
Y8
Y9
AJ65SBTC1-32T1
ground Y4
Y5
Y6
Y7
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation
Y0
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
resistance tester
Protection of degree IP2X
(FG)
24G
Weight 0.16kg
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module
SLD
DG
5 - 23 5 - 23
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
CON4
CON3-4 YB
CON8 CON4-1 YC
L 1 CON5
2
CON4-2 YD
CON6
3 CON4-3 YE
4
L CON7 CON4-4 YF
CON8 CON5-1 Y10
External power CON5-2 Y11
supply for output
Constant
A module view CON5-3 Y12
8 CTL+ voltage circuit
9 COM from the top. CON5-4 Y13
Load power supply
CON6-1 Y14
L
When external power supply
CON6-2 Y15
8 CTL+
for output and load power supply CON6-3 Y16
9 COM
are mutual.
CON6-4 Y17
CON7-1 Y18
CON7-2 Y19
CON7-3 Y1A
CON7-4 Y1B
CON8-1 Y1C
CON8-2 Y1D
CON8-3 Y1E
CON8-4 Y1F
Terminal number Signal name
TB8 CLT+
TB9 COM-
5 - 24 5 - 24
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Y0 Y1 Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Y6 Y7 Y8 Y9 YA YB YC YD YE YF NC NC CLT+ CLT+
Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 Y19 Y1A Y1B Y1C Y1D Y1E Y1F NC NC COM- COM-
STATION NO. B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
Protection function Overload protection function,overvoltage protection function, overheat
protection function
Response time OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Power Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio : within 5 %)
supply for
ON
Current 50 mA or lower (TYP.24 VDC/common)
Y10-Y1F
output Not including external load current
Y0-YF
Surge suppression Zener diode
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (FCN connector single wire type)
AJ65SBTCF1-32T
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency
25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
PW L RUN L ERR. Y0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester.
MITSUBISHI
Weight 0.15kg
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power
method supply terminal), 40-pin connector (I/O power supply area, I/O connector)
(M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to
108 N•cm) DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6
directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
terminal 2
[Applicable wire size: 0.3 to1.25 mm ]
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3
2-3N, 2-3S
2
[Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable output A6CON1 (soldering type), A6CON2 (crimp-contact type), A6CON3
connector (Pressure displacement type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
1 DA
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
2 DB
Insulation TB1 DA
3 DG
4 SLD TB2 DB
I/O module
5
6
+24V
FG
DC/DC TB3 DG
power supply 7 24G TB4 SLD
L B20 Y0 TB5 +24V
B19 Y1
A1 B1 TB6 FG
B18 Y2
B17 Y3 A2 B2 TB7 24G
B16 Y4
A3 B3 Single Single
B15 Y5 Pin No. name Pin No. name
B14 Y6 A4 B4
B13 Y7 A5 B5
B12 Y8 B20 Y00 A20 Y10
B11 Y9 A6 B6 B19 Y01 A19 Y11
B10 YA A7 B7
B9 YB A8 B8
B18 Y02 A18 Y12
B8 YC B17 Y03 A17 Y13
B7 YD A9 B9
B6 YE A10 B10 B16 Y04 A16 Y14
B5 YF
A20 Y10
A11 B11 B15 Y05 A15 Y15
A19 Y11 A12 B12 B14 Y06 A14 Y16
A18 Y12 A13 B13
A17 Y13 B13 Y07 A13 Y17
A16 Y14 A14 B14
A15 Y15 A15 B15 B12 Y08 A12 Y18
A14 Y16 A16 B16 B11 Y09 A11 Y19
A13 Y17
A12 Y18 A17 B17 B10 Y0A A10 Y1A
A11 Y19
A10 Y1A
A18 B18 B9 Y0B A9 Y1B
A9 Y1B A19 B19 B8 Y0C A8 Y1C
A8 Y1C A20 B20
A7 Y1D B7 Y0D A7 Y1D
External power A6 Y1E B6 Y0E A6 Y1E
L A5 Y1F
supply for output B1,2 CTL+
Constant
voltage B5 Y0F A5 Y1F
A1,2 COM circuit
B4 N0C A4 Vacant
Load power supply A module view B3 N0C A3 Vacant
L When external power supply B2 CTL+ A2 COM
from the top
for output and load power supply B1 CTL A1 COM
B1,2 CTL+
A1,2 COM are mutual.
5 - 25 5 - 25
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Weight 0.15kg X5
External wiring system One-touch connector for communication [Transmission circuit]
(5 pins pressure welding type, the plug for the connector is sold separately) X6
One-touch connector for power supply and FG [I/O module power supply,
external power supply for output, and FG] X7
(5 pins pressure welding type, the plug for the connector is sold separately)
One-touch connector for I/O
(4 pins pressure welding type, the plug for the connector is sold separately)
<Option> CON
C
Online connector for communication : A6CON-LJ5P
Online connector for power supply : A6CON-PWJ5P
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812) CON
D
Applicable Cable for Applicable cable : FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (AWG#18) [φ2.2 to 3.0]
power supply Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Connector • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
for I/O
[Applicable cable : 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
2
[Applicable cable : 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
5 - 26 5 - 26
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
One-touch connector
for power supply and FG Online connector
for power supply
and FG
5 - 27 5 - 27
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
(4 pins pressure welding type, the plug for the connector is sold separately)
<Option>
Online connector for communication : A6CON-LJ5P
Online connector for power supply : A6CON-PWJ5P
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable Cable for Applicable cable : FANC-110SBH, CS-110
wire size communication
Connector for 0.66 to 0.98 mm2 (AWG#18) [φ2.2 to 3.0]
power supply Wire diameter 0.16 mm or more
Connector • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220)
for I/O
[Applicable cable : 0.14 to 0.2 mm2]
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520)
[Applicable cable : 0.3 to 0.5 mm2]
Accessory User's Manual
5 - 28 5 - 28
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
5 - 29 5 - 29
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
output
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Y Y
Wiring method for Y Y
16 points/1 common (waterproof connector 2-wire type)
common
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16points) Y
Y
Y
Y
occupied
I/O
Voltage 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio : within 5%)
module Y Y
Y Y
power
Current 50mA or lower (When 24VDC and all point is ON)
supply
DC type noise withstand voltage 500Vp-p,
Noise durability
noise width 1µs,noise carrier frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500VDC insulation resistance tester
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap : A6CAP-WP2
Other connected
See section 1.6
protection
5 - 30 5 - 30
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
LINK IN Pin arrangement Communication connector
4
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
Communication
2
3
1 1 SLD SLD
circuit
110 2 DB DB
LINK OUT R
4 R 3 DG DG
2 130
3 Terminal 4 DA DA
1 resistance
5 select 5 No pins Vacant
switch
UNIT POWER Power connector
1
3 DC/DC LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
5
2 Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
Unit mounting 4
2 1
screw(FG) 2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
AUX. 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
1
3 4 Vacant Vacant
5
Costant voltage
2 LINK OUT 5 FG FG
4
circuit
5 - 31 5 - 31
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
Protection function
Lights up when the output section protection function is working.
(During the protect operation, fuse interruption is searched in the master unit side.)
Automatic reset
External Voltage 10.2 to 28.8VDC (ripple ratio : within 5%)
Y Y
Power supply 30mA or lower(When 24VDC and all point is ON) Y Y
Current
for output Not including external load current
Surge suppressor Zener diode
Y Y
Wiring method for 16 points/1 common Y Y
5 - 32 5 - 32
5 SPECIFICATIONS FOR OUTPUT MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
LINK IN Pin arrangement Communication connector
4
Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
Communication
2
3
1 1 SLD SLD
circuit
110 2 DB DB
LINK OUT R
4 R 3 DG DG
2 130
3 Terminal 4 DA DA
1 resistance
5 setting 5 No pins Vacant
switch
UNIT POWER Power connector
1
3 DC/DC LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
5
2 Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
Unit mounting 4
2 1
screw(FG) 2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
AUX. 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
1
3 4 Vacant Vacant
5
LINK OUT
Costant voltage
2 5 FG FG
4
circuit
5 - 33 5 - 33
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
This chapter describes the specifications for a combined module that can be
connected to the CC-Link system.
COM-
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
COM+
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON
0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
YF
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
YE
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
STATION NO.
YD
A pprox. 3.3 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
YC
overvoltage protection function,
9B
overheat protection function
YA
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON
Y9
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y8
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
X7
Power supply (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X6
for output
X5
Current 17.8 mA or lower
Y8 9 A B C D E F
X4
(When 24VDC and all point is ON)
X3
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X2
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
X1
6
A J65SBTB1-16DT
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X0
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON) Not including external load current
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise simulator
condition)
(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
SLD
terminals and ground DG
Weight 0.18kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm2]
terminal • V2-MS3, RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm2]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
Signal name Signal name
1 DA number number
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB1 DA TB8 X0
4 SLD
5 +24V
TB2 DB TB9 X1
DC/DC
I/O module power 6 FG TB3 DG TB10 X2
supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB11 X3
8 X0 R
TB5 +24V TB12 X4
9 X1 R
TB6 FG TB13 X5
10 X2
11 X3 TB7 24G TB14 X6
12 X4
13 X5 TB15 X7
14 X6
15 X7
TB16 X8
L 16 Y8 TB17 X9
17 Y9
18 YA TB18 XA
19 YB
20 YC TB19 XB
21 YD TB20 XC
22 YE
23 YF TB21 XD
External power TB22 XE
supply for output
TB23 XF
Constant voltage
24 COM+ circuit TB24 COM+
25 COM-
TB25 COM-
Load power supply
6-1 6-1
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
Y1F COM-
100 % 1.0 A 10 ms or lower
Y1E COM+
input points
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
Y1D
STATION NO.
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
Y1C
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
Y1B
Y1A
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
Y19
ON
Y18
A pprox. 3.3 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
Y17
overvoltage protection function,
Y16
Y15
overheat protection function
Y14
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y13
Y12
Y1819 1A1B 1C1D 1E 1F
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y11
Y10
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
XF
Power supply Current 30 mA or lower (24VDC/common)
XE
XD
for output Not including external load current
XC
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
XB
XA
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
X9
X8
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
X5
power supply Current 50mA or lower (When 24VDC and all point is ON)
X4
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X3
Noise durability
AJ65SBTB1-32DT
X2
simulator condition)
X1
X0
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
24G
(FG)
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25kg
+24V
SLD
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
DA DG
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
2
6
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal • V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
1 DA Signal name Signal name
2 DB number number
Insulation
3 DG TB1 DA TB22 XE
4 SLD
5 +24V DC/DC TB2 DB TB23 XF
6 FG
7 24G TB3 DG TB24 Y10
I/O module power supply
TB4 SLD TB25 T11
8 X0 R TB5 +24V TB26 Y12
9 X1
10 X2 R TB6 FG TB27 Y13
11 X3 TB7 24G TB28 Y14
12 X4
13 X5 TB8 X0 TB29 Y15
14 X6
15 X7 TB9 X1 TB30 Y16
16 X8
17 X9 TB10 X2 TB31 Y17
18 XA TB11 X3 TB32 Y18
19 XB
20 XC TB12 X4 TB33 Y19
21 XD
22 XE TB13 X5 TB34 Y1A
23 XF TB14 X6 TB35 Y1B
L 24 Y10
25 Y11 TB15 X7 TB36 Y1C
26 Y12
27 Y13 TB16 X8 TB37 Y1D
28 Y14 TB17 X9 TB38 Y1E
29 Y15
30 Y16 TB18 XA TB39 Y1F
31 Y17
32 Y18 TB19 XB TB40 COM+
33 Y19
34 Y1A TB20 XC TB41 COM-
35 Y1B TB21 XD
36 Y1C
External power supply 37 Y1D
38 Y1E
for output 39 Y1F Constant voltage
40 COM+ circuit
41 COM-
6-2 6-2
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
COM+
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
YF
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
YE
A pprox. 4.7 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
STATION NO.
YD
overvoltage protection function,
YC
overheat protection function
9B
YA
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
ON
Y9
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y8
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X7
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower
X6
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X5
Not including external load current
Y8 9 A B C D E F
X4
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X3
X2
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
A J65SBTB1-16DT1
X1
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X0
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 55 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
simulator condition)
(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
SLD
terminals and ground
DG
DB
Protection of degree IP2X
DA
Weight 0.18kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm)
Applicable solderless • RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
2
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
number Signal name number Signal name
1 DA
2 DB TB1 DA TB8 X0
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB TB9 X1
4 SLD
TB3 DG TB10 X2
5 +24V
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC TB4 SLD TB11 X3
power supply 7 24G TB5 +24V TB12 X4
TB6 FG TB13 X5
TB7 24G TB14 X6
8 X0 R
9 X1 R TB15 X7
10 X2 TB16 X8
11 X3 TB17 X9
12 X4
13 X5 TB18 XA
14 X6 TB19 XB
15 X7 TB20 XC
L 16 Y8
TB21 XD
17 Y9
18 YA TB22 XE
19 YB TB23 XF
20 YC TB24 COM+
21 YD
22 YE TB25 COM-
23 YF
External power
supply for output
Canstant voltage
24 COM+ circuit
25 COM-
Load power supply
6-3 6-3
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.25 mA or lower
COM+
1
B RATE
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
YF
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
2 1 4
YE
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
STATION NO.
YD
4
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
YC
40 20 10 8
YB
A pprox. 4.7 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
YA
overvoltage protection function,
Y19
ON
Y18
overheat protection function
Y17
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y16
Y15
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y14
Y13
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y12
Y1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
Power supply Current 24.2 mA or lower
Y11
Y10
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
XF
Not including external load current
XE
XD
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
XC
Y1011 12 13 14 15 16 17
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
XB
XA
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X9
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X8
X7
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X5
X4
simulator condition)
X3
X2
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
A J65SBTB1-32DT1
X1
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
X0
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
(FG)
24G
Weight 0.25kg
MITSUBISHI
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
SLD
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
DG
DB
88N•cm)
DA
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal • V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL 2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
Signal name Signal name
1 DA number number
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB1 DA TB22 XE
4 SLD TB2 DB TB23 XF
5 +24V
I/O module power 6 FG
DC/DC TB3 DG TB24 Y10
supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB25 T11
TB5 +24V TB26 Y12
8 X0 R
9 X1 R TB6 FG TB27 Y13
10 X2
11 X3 TB7 24G TB28 Y14
12 X4 Terminal TB29 Y15
13 X5 Signal name
14 X6 number TB30 Y16
15 X7
16 X8
TB8 X0 TB31 Y17
17 X9 TB9 X1 TB32 Y18
18 XA
19 XB TB10 X2 TB33 Y19
20 XC TB11 X3 TB34 Y1A
21 XD
22 XE TB12 X4 TB35 Y1B
23 XF
TB13 X5 TB36 Y1C
L 24 Y10
25 Y11 TB14 X6 TB37 Y1D
26 Y12
27 Y13 TB15 X7 TB38 Y1E
28 Y14 TB16 X8 TB39 Y1F
29 Y15
30 Y16 TB17 X9 TB40 COM+
31 Y17
32 Y18 TB18 XA TB41 COM-
33 Y19 TB19 XB
34 Y1A
External power 35 Y1B TB20 XC
supply for output 36 Y1C
37 Y1D
TB21 XD
38 Y1E
39 Y1F Constant voltage
40 COM+ circuit
41 COM-
6-4 6-4
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
YF
A pprox. 3.3 k Ω
Protection function
YE
None
STATION NO.
YD
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
YC
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YB
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YA
ON
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower
Y9
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y8
Not including external load current
X7
X6
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
Y8 9 A B C D E F
X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
X4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X3
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
AJ65SBTB1-16DT2
X2
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON), Not including external load current
X1
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X0
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
MITSUBISHI
terminals and ground
+24V
SLD
Protection of degree IP2X
DA DG
Weight 0.18kg
DB
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 78 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
number Signal name number Signal name
1 DA
2 DB Insulation TB1 DA TB8 X0
3 DG TB2 DB TB9 X1
4 SLD
5 +24V TB3 DG TB10 X2
DC/DC
6 FG TB4 SLD TB11 X3
7 24G
I/O module power supply TB5 +24V TB12 X4
TB6 FG TB13 X5
8 X0 R
TB7 24G TB14 X6
9 X1 R
10 X2 TB15 X7
11 X3 TB16 X8
12 X4
13 X5
TB17 X9
14 X6 TB18 XA
15 X7 TB19 XB
L 16 Y8
17 Y9 TB20 XC
18 YA TB21 XD
19 YB
20 YC
TB22 XE
21 YD TB23 XF
22 YE TB24 COM+
23 YF
TB25 COM-
External power
supply for output
Constant
24 COM+ voltage circuit
25 COM-
Load power supply
When external power supply
L for output and load power supply
24 COM+
25 COM- are mutual.
6-5 6-5
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
Y1F COM-
Max. simulataneous ON Max. inrush current
B RATE
4 2 1
input points
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
40 20 10 8 4 2 1
ON
Protection function None
Y15 Y17
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y16
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y14
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y13
Power supply Current 30 mA or lower
Y1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
Y10 Y12
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y11
Not including external load current
XF
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
XE
XD
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y1011 12 13 14 15 16 17
XC
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
XB
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
XA
X9
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON), Not including external load current
X8
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X7
X8 9 A B C D E F
X6
simulator condition)
X5
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X4
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
A J65SBTB1-32DT2
X3
X2
terminals and ground
X1
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
X0
Weight 0.25kg
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
MITSUBISHI
+24V
SLD
88N•cm)
DG
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 78 to 108 N•cm)
DB
DA
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
1 DA number Signal name number Signal name
2 DB
3 DG
Insulation TB1 DA TB22 XE
4 SLD
5 +24V
TB2 DB TB23 XF
I/O module DC/DC
6 FG TB3 DG TB24 Y10
power supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB25 T11
TB5 +24V TB26 Y12
8 X0 R
9 X1 R TB6 FG TB27 Y13
10 X2
11 X3 TB7 24G TB28 Y14
12 X4 TB8 X0 TB29 Y15
13 X5
14 X6 TB9 X1 TB30 Y16
15 X7 TB10 X2 TB31 Y17
16 X8
17 X9 TB11 X3 TB32 Y18
18 XA TB12 X4 TB33 Y19
19 XB
20 XC TB13 X5 TB34 Y1A
21 XD
22 XE
TB14 X6 TB35 Y1B
23 XF TB15 X7 TB36 Y1C
L 24 Y10
25 Y11 TB16 X8 TB37 Y1D
26 Y12 TB17 X9 TB38 Y1E
27 Y13
28 Y14 TB18 XA TB39 Y1F
29 Y15 TB19 XB TB40 COM+
30 Y16
31 Y17 TB20 XC TB41 COM-
32 Y18
33 Y19
TB21 XD
34 Y1A
35 Y1B
36 Y1C
External power 37 Y1D
supply for output 38 Y1E
39 Y1F
Constant
40 COM+ voltage circuit
41 COM-
Load power supply
When external power supply
L
for output and load power supply
40 COM+
41 COM- are mutual.
6-6 6-6
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
A pprox. 4.7 k Ω
YF
Protection function None
YE
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
STATION NO.
YD
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YC
9B
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YA
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower
ON
Y9
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y8
Not including external load current
X7
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X6
X5
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
Y8 9 A B C D E F
X4
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X3
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X2
power supply Current 55 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X1
A J65SBTB1-16DT3
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X0
Noise durability
simulator condition)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
(FG)
24G
terminals and ground
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Protection of degree IP2X
SLD
Weight 0.18kg
DG
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
DB
DA
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4
screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
number Signal name number Signal name
1 DA
2 DB TB1 DA TB8 X0
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB TB9 X1
4 SLD
TB3 DG TB10 X2
5 +24V
DC/DC TB4 SLD TB11 X3
6 FG
7 24G TB5 +24V TB12 X4
I/O module power supply TB6 FG TB13 X5
TB7 24G TB14 X6
8 X0 R
9 X1 R TB15 X7
10 X2 TB16 X8
11 X3 TB17 X9
12 X4
13 X5 TB18 XA
14 X6 TB19 XB
15 X7 TB20 XC
L 16 Y8
TB21 XD
17 Y9
18 YA TB22 XE
19 YB TB23 XF
20 YC TB24 COM+
21 YD
22 YE TB25 COM-
23 YF
External power
supply for output
Constant
24 COM+ voltage circuit
25 COM-
Load power supply
When external power supply
L for output and load power supply
24 COM+ are mutual.
25 COM-
6-7 6-7
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
input points
COM+
1
B RATE
ON voltage/ON current 15 V or higher/3.0 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
YF
2 1 4
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
YE
3 V or lower/0.5 mA or lower
STATION NO.
YD
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
YC
40 20 10 8
YB
Input resistance Output form Positive common (Sink type)
A pprox. 4.7 k Ω
YA
Protection function None
Y19
ON
Y18
Response OFF ON 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y17
time ON OFF 0.2 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y16
Y15
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y14
Y13
Power supply Current 24.2 mA or lower
Y12
Y1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y11
Y10
Not including external load current
XF
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
XE
XD
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (Terminal block single wire type)
XC
Y1011 12 13 14 15 16 17
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
XB
XA
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X9
power supply Current 60 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X8
X7
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X6
X8 9 A B C D E F
simulator condition)
X5
X4
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X3
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
X2
Insulation resistance
A J65SBTB1-32DT3
X1
terminals and ground
X0
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25kg
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
SLD
88N•cm)
DA DG
DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal • V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
number Signal name number Signal name
1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB1 DA TB22 XE
4 SLD TB2 DB TB23 XF
5 +24V
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC TB3 DG TB24 Y10
power supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB25 T11
TB5 +24V TB26 Y12
8 X0 R
9 X1 R
TB6 FG TB27 Y13
10 X2
11 X3
TB7 24G TB28 Y14
12 X4 Terminal TB29 Y15
13 X5 Signal name
14 X6
number TB30 Y16
15 X7 TB8 X0 TB31 Y17
16 X8
17 X9 TB9 X1 TB32 Y18
18 XA
19 XB
TB10 X2 TB33 Y19
20 XC TB11 X3 TB34 Y1A
21 XD
22 XE TB12 X4 TB35 Y1B
23 XF TB13 X5 TB36 Y1C
L 24 Y10
25 Y11 TB14 X6 TB37 Y1D
26 Y12
27 Y13
TB15 X7 TB38 Y1E
28 Y14 TB16 X8 TB39 Y1F
29 Y15
30 Y16 TB17 X9 TB40 COM+
31 Y17
32 Y18
TB18 XA TB41 COM-
33 Y19 TB19 XB
34 Y1A
35 Y1B TB20 XC
36 Y1C TB21 XD
37 Y1D
External power 38 Y1E
supply for output 39 Y1F
Constant
40 COM+ voltage circuit
41 COM-
6-8 6-8
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
DC24V
Output form
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Positive common (Sink type)
Input resistance A pprox. 3.3 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
YB
overvoltage protection function,
STATION NO.
overheat protection function
YA
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
Y9
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
ON
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y8
Power supply Current 14.6 mA or lower
COM-
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X3
COM+
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X2
COM-
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block 3-wire type:Input Terminal block 2-wire type:output)
X1
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
COM+
A J65SBTB32-8DT
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X0
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 Y8 9 A B
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Protection of degree IP2X
SLD
DG
Weight 0.18kg
DB
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
DA
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Signal name Terminal Signal name
number number
1 DA TB1 DA TB8 X0
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB TB9 COM+
4 SLD TB3 DG TB10 X1
5 +24V
I/O module DC/DC TB4 SLD TB11 COM-
6 FG
power supply 7 24G
TB5 +24V TB12 X2
TB6 FG TB13 COM+
8 X0 R
9 COM+
TB7 24G TB14 X3
3-wire type R
6-9 6-9
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
DC24V
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
1
B RATE
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
2
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
2 1 4
YF
Input resistance Output form
STATION NO.
Positive common (Sink type)
YE
40 20 10 8
A pprox. 3.3 k Ω Protection function Overload protection function,
YD
overvoltage protection function,
ON
overheat protection function
YC
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
YB
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
YA
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y9
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y8
Not including external load current
X7
COM+
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X6
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block 3-wire type:Input Terminal block 2-wire type:output)
COM-
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X5
COM+
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X4
COM-
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X3
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
Y8 9 A B C D E F
COM+
Noise durability
X2
simulator condition)
COM-
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
X1
A J65SBTB32-16DT
COM+
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
X0
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
(FG)
24G
Weight 0.25kg
MITSUBISHI
+24V
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
SLD
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
DG
DB
88N•cm)
DA
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
number Signal name number Signal name
1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB1 DA TB21 COM+
4 SLD
5 +24V
TB2 DB TB22 X7
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC
TB3 DG TB23 COM-
power supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB24 Y8
8 X0 R TB5 +24V TB25 COM+
9 COM+
3-wire type 10 X1
R
TB6 FG TB26 Y9
sensor 11 COM-
12 X2 TB7 24G TB27 COM+
13 COM+
14 X3 Terminal TB28 YA
15 COM- Signal name
16 X4 number TB29 COM+
17 COM+
18 X5 TB8 X0 TB30 YB
19 COM-
20 X6 TB9 COM+ TB31 COM+
21 COM+
22 X7 TB10 X1 TB32 YC
23 COM-
L 24 Y8 TB11 COM- TB33 COM+
25 COM+
26 Y9
TB12 X2 TB34 YD
27 COM+
28 YA
TB13 COM+ TB35 COM+
29 COM+
30 YB
TB14 X3 TB36 YE
31 COM+ TB15 COM- TB37 COM+
32 YC
33
34
COM+
YD
TB16 X4 TB38 YF
35 COM+ TB17 COM+ TB39 COM+
36 YE
External power supply 37 COM+ TB18 X5 TB40 DC24V
for output 38 YF
39 COM+ Control voltage TB19 COM- TB41 DC24G
40 DC24V circuit
41 DC24G TB20 X6
6 - 10 6 - 10
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
DC24V
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Output form Positive common (Sink type)
Input resistance A pprox. 3.3 k Ω
Protection function
YB
None
STATION NO.
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
YA
time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y9
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
ON
Power supply Current 14.6 mA or lower
Y8
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM-
Not including external load current
X3
COM+
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X2
Wiring method for common 8 points/1 common (Terminal block 3-wire type:Input Terminal block 2-wire type:output)
COM-
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 8 points)
X1
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
COM+
AJ65SBTB32-8DT2
power supply Current 45 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X0
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 Y8 9 A B
Noise durability
simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
(FG)
24G
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Protection of degree IP2X
SLD
Weight 0.18kg
DG
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
DB
DA
Direct-type 18-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
Signal name Signal name
number number
1 DA TB1 DA TB8 X0
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB TB9 COM+
4 SLD TB3 DG TB10 X1
5 +24V
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC TB4 SLD TB11 COM-
power supply 7 24G
TB5 +24V TB12 X2
TB6 FG TB13 COM+
3-wire type sensor 8 X0 R
9 COM+ R
TB7 24G TB14 X3
10 X1 TB15 COM-
11 COM-
12 X2
TB16 X8
13 COM+ TB17 COM+
14 X3
15 COM- TB18 X9
L 16 Y8 TB19 COM+
17 COM+
18 Y9 TB20 XA
19 COM+ TB21 COM+
20 YA
21 COM+ TB22 YB
22 YB TB23 COM+
23 COM+
24 DC24V Constant TB24 DC24V
voltage circuit
25 DC24G
TB25 DC24G
External power supply for output
6 - 11 6 - 11
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM- COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ COM+ DC24G
ON voltage/ON current 14 V or higher/3.5 mA or higher Leakage current at OFF 0.1 mA or lower
DC24V
1
B RATE
2
OFF voltage/OFF current Max. voltage drop at ON 0.3 V or lower (TYP)0.5 A
2 1 4
6 V or lower/1.7 mA or lower
YF
0.6 V or lower (MAX)0.5 A
STATION NO.
4
Input resistance Output form
YE
Positive common (Sink type)
40 20 10 8
A pprox. 3.3 k Ω
YD
Protection function None
ON
YC
Response OFF ON 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) Response OFF ON 0.5 ms or lower
time 1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) time
YB
ON OFF ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
YA
Power supply Current 17.8 mA or lower
Y9
for output (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y8
Not including external load current
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Surge suppression Zener diode
X7
COM+
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (Terminal block 3-wire type:Input Terminal block 2-wire type:output)
X6
COM-
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
X5
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC(ripple ratio: within 5 %)
COM+
X4
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 V DC and all point is ON)
COM-
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
X3
Y8 9 A B C D E F
COM+
simulator condition)
X2
COM-
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
A J65SBTB32-16DT2
X1
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
COM+
terminals and ground
X0
PW L RUN L ERR X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.25kg
(FG)
24G
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
MITSUBISHI
+24V
Direct-type 34-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
SLD
88N•cm)
DA DG
DB
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable solderless 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS-C2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
terminal
• V2-MS3
RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1(soldering-type), A6CON2(crimp-contact-type), A6CON3(pressure-displacement-type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection (Sink input)
Terminal Terminal
Signal name Signal name
1 DA
number number
2
3
DB
DG
Insulation TB1 DA TB21 COM+
4 SLD
TB2 DB TB22 X7
I/O module 5 +24V
DC/DC
6 FG TB3 DG TB23 COM-
power supply 7 24G
TB4 SLD TB24 Y8
3-wire type sensor 8 X0 R
TB5 +24V TB25 COM+
9 COM+ R
10 X1 TB6 FG TB26 Y9
11 COM-
12 X2 TB7 24G TB27 COM+
13 COM+
14 X3 Terminal TB28 YA
15 COM- Signal name
16 X4 number TB29 COM+
17 COM+
18 X5 TB8 X0 TB30 YB
19 COM-
20 X6 TB9 COM+ TB31 COM+
21 COM+
22 X7 TB10 X1 TB32 YC
23 COM-
L 24 Y8 TB11 COM- TB33 COM+
25 COM+
26 Y9 TB12 X2 TB34 YD
27 COM+
28 YA
TB13 COM+ TB35 COM+
29 COM+
30 YB
TB14 X3 TB36 YE
31 COM+
32 YC
TB15 COM- TB37 COM+
33
34
COM+
YD
TB16 X4 TB38 YF
35 COM+ TB17 COM+ TB39 COM+
External power 36 YE
6 - 12 6 - 12
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower Response OFF ON
0.5 ms or lower
CTL+
(when 24 V DC) time
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
+24V
24G
YF
X7
STATION NO.
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
+24V
24G
YE
X6
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
+24V
supply for Current
24G
13 mA or lower
YD
X5
ON
output (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
+24V
24G
YC
X4
Not including external load current
+24V
24G
Y8 9 A B C D E F
YB
X3
Surge suppression Zener diode
+24V
24G
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (quick connector plug 4 wire type)
YA
X2
AJ65SBTC4-16DT
Number of stations
+24V
24G
X1
Y9
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
occupied
+24V
24G
X0
Y8
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
DG
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
DB
Insulation resistance
DA
6 - 13 6 - 13
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Terminal Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name Signal name
1 DA number number
2 DB
3 DG
Insulation
4 SLD
TB1 DA CON4-1 X3
5 +24V
I/O module 6 FG
DC/DC TB2 DB CON4-2 YB
power supply 7 24G
TB3 DG CON4-3 +24V
4-wire sensor
TB4 SLD CON4-4 24G
(sink output sink input)
R TB5 +24V CON5-1 X4
CON1 R
Detection
2 Orange(Orange) 4 3 2 1
TB7 24G CON5-3 +24V
3 Red(Red)
CON1
4 Bule(Black) Pin signal Signal name CON5-4 24G
CON2 CON1-1 X0 CON6-1 X5
3-wire sensor (sink output) CON3 CON1-2 Y8 CON6-2 YD
R
CON1-3 +24V CON6-3 +24V
Detection
CON2 R CON4
1
circuit
2 CON5
CON1-4 24G CON6-4 24G
3 CON2-1 X1 CON7-1 X6
CON6
4
CON2-2 Y9 CON7-2 YE
CON7
CON2-3 +24V CON7-3 +24V
CON8
2-wire sensor (sink output) CON2-4 24G CON7-4 24G
R
CON8 R CON3-1 X2 CON8-1 X7
Detection
1
A module view CON3-2 YA CON8-2 YF
circuit
2
3
from the top. CON3-3 +24V CON8-3 +24V
4
CON3-4 24G CON8-4 24G
Terminal
Signal name
number
TB8 CTL+
Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
9 COM- circuit TB9 COM-
R
(sink input) CON1 R
1
2
3
R
CON8 R
1
(sink output)
2
L
3
Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
9 COM- circuit
6 - 14 6 - 14
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
CTL+
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
+24V
24G
YF
X7
STATION NO.
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
+24V
24G
YE
X6
supply for Current 13 mA or lower
+24V
24G
output
YD
(when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
X5
ON
Not including external load current
+24V
24G
YC
X4
Surge suppression Zener diode
+24V
24G
Y8 9 A B C D E F
YB
X3
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (quick connector plug 4 wire type)
+24V
24G
YA
X2
AJ65SBTC4-16DT2
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
+24V
24G
X1
Y9
occupied
+24V
24G
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
X0
Y8
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 40 mA or lower (When 24 VDC and all point is ON)
(FG)
24G
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
DG
DB
10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
DA
Insulation resistance
terminals and ground
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.15kg
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
method Direct-type 2-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm), Dedicated quick connector (4-pin pressure-displacement type, connector plug sold
separately.)
Module installation screw M4 screws with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails
can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
2
Applicable Transmission • RAV1.25-3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
wire size circuit, I/O • V2-MS3
module power RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
supply terminal 2-3N, 2-3S
2
and I/O power [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
supply area
2
I/O area connector • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220) [Applicable wire size : 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
2
• φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520) [Applicable wire size : 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User's Manual
6 - 15 6 - 15
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Terminal Terminal
Pin arrangement Signal name Signal name
1 DA number number
2 DB Insulation
3 DG
4 SLD
TB1 DA CON4-1 X3
I/O module 5 +24V
6 FG
DC/DC TB2 DB CON4-2 YB
power supply 7 24G
TB3 DG CON4-3 +24V
4-wire sensor
(sink output/sink input) TB4 SLD CON4-4 24G
R
CON1 TB5 +24V CON5-1 X4
R
Direction
1 Black (White)
TB6 FG CON5-2 YC
circuit
2 Orange (Orange)
3 Blown (Red) 4 3 2 1 TB7 24G CON5-3 +24V
4 Blue (Black) CON1 Pin signal Signal name CON5-4 24G
CON2 CON1-1 X0 CON6-1 X5
3-wire sensor (sink output)
R
CON3
CON1-2 Y8 CON6-2 YD
CON2 R
Direction
2
CON1-4 24G CON6-4 24G
3 CON5
4 CON2-1 X1 CON7-1 X6
CON6
CON2-2 Y9 CON7-2 YE
CON7
CON2-3 +24V CON7-3 +24V
2-wire sensor (sink output)
R CON8 CON2-4 24G CON7-4 24G
CON8 R
Direction
1 CON3-1 X2 CON8-1 X7
A module view
circuit
2
CON3-2 YA CON8-2 YF
3 from the top.
4 CON3-3 +24V CON8-3 +24V
CON3-4 24G CON8-4 24G
Terminal
External power
Signal name
number
supply for output Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
9 COM-
circuit TB8 CTL+
TB9 COM-
R
(Sink input) CON1 R
1
2
3
R
CON8 R
1
(Sink output)
2
L
3
External power
supply for output Constant
8 CTL+ voltage
circuit
9 COM-
6 - 16 6 - 16
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
(when 24 V DC) time
COM+
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
STATION NO.
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
supply for Current 17 mA or lower
ON
Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
output (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
XC
XD
XE
XF
Not including external load current
XA
XB
X8
X9
Surge suppression Zener diode
AJ65SBTC1-32DT
X4
X5
X6
X7
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
(FG)
24G
power supply Current 50 mA or lower lower (When 24 VDC and all point is ON)
+24V
SLD
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
DG
DB
simulator condition)
DA
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Weight 0.16kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 2-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm), Dedicated quick connector (4-pin pressure-displacement type, Connector plug sold
separately.)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can
be used for installation and can be installed in 6 derections
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable Transmission • RAV1.25 –3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
wire size circuit, I/O [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
module power • V2 - MS3
supply terminal RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
and I/O power 2-3N, 2-3S
2
supply area [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
2
I/O area • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220) [Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
2
connector • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
6 - 17 6 - 17
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
Pin number Signal name
CON1-1 X0
CON1-2 X1
CON1-3 X2
1 DA
2
3
DB
DG Insulation CON1-4 X3
4 SLD
5 +24V
CON2-1 X4
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G CON2-2 X5
I/O module power supply CON1 to CON4 CON2-3 X6
4 3 2 1
1 R
2
CON2-4 X7
R CON1
3 CON3-1 X8
4 CON2
R CON3-2 X9
R CON3 CON3-3 XA
CON4 CON3-4 XB
CON5 to CON8
L 1
CON5
CON4-1 XC
2
3
CON4-2 XD
CON6
L 4 CON4-3 XE
CON7
CON4-4 XF
CON8 CON5-1 Y10
External power
supply for output CON5-2 Y11
Constant
8 COM+ voltage
CON5-3 Y12
9 COM-
circuit A module view
Load power supply from the top CON5-4 Y13
6 - 18 6 - 18
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
COM+
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
B RATE
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
supply for Current 17 mA or lower
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
ON
output (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Not including external load current
XC
XD
XE
XF
Surge suppression Zener diode
XA
XB
X8
X9
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
X4
X5
X6
X7
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
(FG)
24G
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 VDC and all point is ON)
+24V
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise SLD
DG
simulator condition)
DB
DA
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Protection of degree IP2X
Weight 0.16kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
Direct-type 2-point terminal block (I/O power supply area) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to
88N•cm) Dedicated quick connector (4-pin pressure-displacement type, Connector plug sold
separately.)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm) DIN rails can
be used for installation and can be installed in 6 derections
Applicable DIN rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable Transmission • RAV1.25 –3.5 (in conformance with JIS C 2805)
2
wire size circuit, I/O [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
module power • V2 - MS3
supply terminal RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
and I/O power 2-3N, 2-3S
2
supply area [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
2
I/O area • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P214), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P220) [Applicable wire size: 0.14 to 0.2 mm ]
2
connector • φ1.0 to 1.4 (A6CON-P514), φ1.4 to 2.0 (A6CON-P520) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 0.5 mm ]
Accessory User’s Manual
6 - 19 6 - 19
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
Pin number Signal name
CON1-1 X0
CON1-2 X1
CON1-3 X2
1 DA
2
3
DB
DG Insulation CON1-4 X3
4 SLD
5 +24V
CON2-1 X4
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G CON2-2 X5
IO module power supply CON1 to CON4 CON2-3 X6
4 3 2 1
1 R
2
CON2-4 X7
R CON1
3 CON3-1 X8
4 CON2
R CON3-2 X9
R CON3 CON3-3 XA
CON4 CON3-4 XB
CON5 to CON8
L 1
CON5
CON4-1 XC
2
3
CON4-2 XD
CON6
L 4 CON4-3 XE
CON7
CON4-4 XF
CON8 CON5-1 Y10
External power
supply for output CON5-2 Y11
Constant
8 COM+ voltage
circuit A module view CON5-3 Y12
9 COM-
6 - 20 6 - 20
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
supply for Current 17 mA or lower
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
output
ON
(when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Not including external load current
Y1819 1A 1B1C1D1E 1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
XC
XD
Surge suppression Zener diode
XE
XF
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
XA
XB
X8
X9
AJ65SBTC1-32DT2
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X4
X5
X6
X7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 VDC and all point is ON)
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
(FG)
Noise durability
simulator condition) 24G
+24V
SLD
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
DG
6 - 21 6 - 21
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
Pin number Signal name
CON1-1 X0
CON1-2 X1
CON1-3 X2
1 DA
Insulation
2
3
DB
DG
CON1-4 X3
4 SLD
5 +24V
CON2-1 X4
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G CON2-2 X5
I/O module power supply CON1 to CON4 CON2-3 X6
1 4 3 2 1
R
2
CON2-4 X7
R CON1
3 CON3-1 X8
4 CON2
R CON3-2 X9
R
CON3 CON3-3 XA
CON4 CON3-4 XB
CON5 to CON8
L 1 CON4-1 XC
2 CON5
3
CON4-2 XD
CON6
L 4 CON4-3 XE
CON7 CON4-4 XF
CON8 CON5-1 Y10
External power
supply for output CON5-2 Y11
Constant
8 COM+ voltage
circuit A module view CON5-3 Y12
9 COM-
6 - 22 6 - 22
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
COM-
COM+
B RATE
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
Input form Positive common (Sink type) ON OFF 1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
External Voltage 19.2 to 26.4 V DC
Y1C
Y1D
Y1E
Y1F
STATION NO.
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y1A
Y1B
Y18
Y19
supply for Current 17 mA or lower
Y14
Y15
Y16
Y17
output
ON
(when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Y10
Y11
Y12
Y13
Not including external load current
Y1819 1A 1B1C1D1E 1F
X8 9 A B C D E F
XC
XD
Surge suppression Zener diode
XE
XF
Wiring method for common 32 points/1 common (quick connector plug single wire type)
XA
XB
X8
X9
AJ65SBTC1-32DT3
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
X4
X5
X6
X7
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
X0
X1
X2
X3
X0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24 VDC and all point is ON)
DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz(noise
(FG)
Noise durability
simulator condition) 24G
+24V
SLD
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
DG
6 - 23 6 - 23
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
TB1 DA
TB2 DB
TB3 DG
TB4 SLD
TB5 +24V
TB6 FG
TB7 24G
Pin number Signal name
CON1-1 X0
CON1-2 X1
CON1-3 X2
1 DA
Insulation
2
3
DB
DG
CON1-4 X3
4 SLD
5 +24V
CON2-1 X4
DC/DC
6 FG
7 24G CON2-2 X5
I/O module power supply CON1 to CON4 CON2-3 X6
1 4 3 2 1
R
2
CON2-4 X7
R CON1
3 CON3-1 X8
4 CON2
R CON3-2 X9
R
CON3 CON3-3 XA
CON4 CON3-4 XB
CON5 to CON8
L 1 CON4-1 XC
CON5
2
3
CON4-2 XD
CON6
L 4 CON4-3 XE
CON7 CON4-4 XF
CON8 CON5-1 Y10
External power
supply for output CON5-2 Y11
Constant
voltage
8 COM+
9 COM-
circuit A module view CON5-3 Y12
from the top. CON5-4 Y13
Load power supply
CON6-1 Y14
When external power supply
L
for output and load power supply CON6-2 Y15
8 COM+ are mutual. CON6-3 Y16
9 COM-
CON6-4 Y17
CON7-1 Y18
CON7-2 Y19
CON7-3 Y1A
CON7-4 Y1B
CON8-1 Y1C
CON8-2 Y1D
CON8-3 Y1E
CON8-4 Y1F
Terminal number Signal name
TB8 COM+
TB9 COM-
6 - 24 6 - 24
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
AJ65SBTW4-16DT
External Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC
L ERR.
L RUN
YC
YD
YA
YB
YE
YF
Y8
Y9
STATION NO.
Power (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
supply for Current 13 mA or lower
X0
X1
X2
X3
X4
X5
X6
X7
PW
output (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
MITSUBISHI
Surge suppression Zener diode
Wiring method for common 16 points/1 common (waterproof connector plug 4 wire type)
Common to I/O module power supply
CON7
CON8
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 16 points)
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5%)
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (when 24 V DC and all point is ON)
(Input current of I/O section in not included)
CON5
CON6
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs, noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise
simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
CON3
CON4
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.70kg
External wiring system 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal),
(M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm), Waterproof connector [conforms to NECA 4202 (IEC
CON1
CON2
947-5-2); 4 pins,male,
M12-type, protection construction IP67] (Connector in the I/O area)
<Options>
POWER CABL
2
wire size circuit, I/O [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
LINK CABL
LINK CABL
6 - 25 6 - 25
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
<Connection example for 4-wire, 3-wire, 2-wire sensor> Pin arrangement Terminal number Signal name
1 DA TB1 DA
2 DB
3 DG Insulation TB2 DB
4 SLD
5 +24V
DC/DC
TB3 DG
6 FG
7 24G TB4 SLD
I/O module power
supply/external power Constant
voltage
TB5 +24V
circuit
supply for output shared TB6 FG
4-wire sensor Module TB7 24G
(sink output/sink input) mounting
screw R
Pin number Signal name
CON1 R CON1-1 +24V
Detection
4
circuit
2
CON1-2 Y8
1 CON1-3 24G
3
CON1-4 X0
3-wire sensor (sink output) CON2-1 +24V
R CON2-2 Y9
CON2 R
Detection
4 CON2-3 24G
circuit
2 CON2-4 X1
1
CON3-1 +24V
3
3
2
2
3
4 CON3-2 YA
4
1
1
CON7 CON3-3 24G
CON8
4-wire sensor (sink output) CON3-4 X2
R
CON4-1 +24V
3
3
2
2
CON8 R
Detection
4
CON4-2 YB
circuit
4
1
2
CON4-3 24G
CON5
CON6
1
3 CON4-4 X3
CON5-1 +24V
2
CON5-2 YC
1
CON5-3 24G
CON3
CON4
3
2
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD CON6-2 YD
1
5 +24V
DC/DC
CON1
CON2
6 FG
7 24G
CON6-3 24G
I/O module power CON6-4 X5
supply/external power supply
Constant
voltage
A module view
circuit
CON7-1 +24V
for output shared from the top.
Module CON7-2 YE
mounting
screw CON7-3 24G
R
(sink input) CON1 R
CON7-4 X6
4
CON8-1 +24V
2
1
CON8-2 YF
3 CON8-3 24G
CON8-4 X7
R
CON8 R
(sink output) 4
2
L
1
6 - 26 6 - 26
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COM NC XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COM-CTL+
1
B RATE
1.5 ms or lower (when 24 V DC) overvoltage protection function,
2
4
overheat protection function
1
2
STATION NO.
Input form Positive/Negative common shared Response OFF ON
4
0.5 ms or lower
8
type (Sink/source shared type) time
40 20 10
Wiring method for common 16-points /1 common ON OFF
1.5 ms or lower (resistive load)
(FCN connector single wire type)
ON
External Voltage 10.2 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
Y10-Y1F
X0-XF
Power Current 30 mA or lower
supply for (TYP. 24VDC/common)
Y18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
F
E
output Not including external load current
AJ65SBTCF1-32DT
C
Wiring method for 16 points/1 common
B
common (FCN connector single wire type)
A
X8 9
Surge suppression Zener diode
Number of stations occupied 1 station 32 points assignment (use 32 points)
Y10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
7
6
I/O module Voltage 20.4 to 26.4 V DC (ripple ratio: within 5 %)
5
4
power supply Current 50 mA or lower (When 24VDC and all point is ON)
(FG)
24G
3
Noise durability DC type noise voltage 500 Vp-p, noise width 1 µs,
2
X0 1
MITSUBISHI
+24V
noise carrier frequency 25 to 60 Hz (noise simulator condition)
SLD
Withstand voltage 500 V AC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
L RUN L ERR.
DG
Insulation resistance 10 M Ω or higher, measured with a 500 V DC insulation resistance tester between all DC external
DB
terminal and gound
DA
Protection of degree IP2X PW
Weight 0.15kg
External connection 7-point 2-piece terminal block (transmission circuit, I/O module power supply terminal), 40-pin
method connector (I/O power supply area, I/O connector) (M3 screw tightening torque 59 to 88N•cm)
Module installation screw M4 screw with plain washer finished round (tightening torque range 79 to 108 N•cm)
DIN rail can be used for installation and can be installed in 6 directions
Applicable Din rail TH35-7.5Fe, TH35-7.5Al (conforming to JIS C 2812)
Applicable wire size 2
• RAV1.25-3.5(in conformance with JIS C 2805) [Applicable wire size: 0.3 to 1.25 mm ]
Transmission circuit, I/O • V2-MS3
module power supply RAP2-3S RAP2-3SL
terminal and I/O power 2
2-3N, 2-3S [Applicable wire size: 1.25 to 2 mm ]
supply area
Applicable I/O connector A6CON1 (soldering type), A6CON2 (crimp-connector type), A6CON3 (pressure displacement type)
Accessory User's Manual
External connection
1 DA
Terminal number Signal name
2 DB TB1 DA
3 DG Insulation
4 SLD TB2 DB
I/O module power
5
6
+24V
FG
DC/DC TB3 DG
supply 7 24G
A1 B1 TB4 SDL
A2 B2 TB5 +24 V
B20 X0 R A3 B3 TB6 FG
B19 X1
B18 X2 R A4 B4 TB7 24G
B17 X3
B16 X4 A5 B5 Pin No. Signal name Pin No. Signal name
B15 X5
B14 X6
A6 B6 B20 X00 A20 X08
B13 X7 A7 B7 B19 X01 A19 X09
A20 X8
A19 X9 A8 B8 B18 X02 A18 X0A
A18 XA A9 B9
A17 XB B17 X03 A17 X0B
A16 XC A10 B10
A15 XD
A11 B11
B16 X04 A16 X0C
A14 XE R
A13 XF R A12 B12 B15 X05 A15 X0D
External power supply A,B12 COM
for input A,B11 NC A13 B13 B14 X06 A14 X0E
L B10
B9
Y10
Y11 A14 B14 B13 X07 A13 X0F
B8
B7
Y12
Y13
A15 B15 B12 COM A12 COM
B6 Y14 A16 B16 B11 Vacant A11 Vacant
B5 Y15
B4 Y16 A17 B17 B10 Y10 A10 Y18
B3
A10
Y17
Y18
A18 B18 B9 Y11 A9 Y19
A9 Y19 A19 B19 B8 Y12 A8 Y1A
A8 Y1A
A20 B20
A7
A6
Y1B
Y1C
B7 Y13 A7 Y1B
A5
A4
Y1D
Y1E
B6 Y14 A6 Y1C
External power supply L A3 Y1F B5 Y15 A5 Y1D
for output A,B1 CTL+
A,B2 COM- B4 Y16 A4 Y1E
B3 Y17 A3 Y1F
Constant
A module view
L A3 Y1F When external power supply
voltage circuit B2 COM- A2 COM-
A,B1 CTL+
A,B2 COM-
for output and load power
supply are mutual. from the top. B1 CTL+ A1 CTL+
6 - 27 6 - 27
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
6 - 28 6 - 28
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
Online connector
for communication
CONA Pin arrangement
1 1 DA
LINK CABLE 2 CONA CONB CON1
2 DB
(IN) 3 3 DG
4 4 Vacant 1
5
5 SLD 2 B20 A20
CONB 3 B19 A19
1
1 DA B18 A18
LINK CABLE 2 2 DB
4 B17 A17
(OUT) 3 3 DG 5 B16 A16
4 B15 A15
4 Vacant
5 B14 A14
5 SLD B13 A13
One-touch connector B12 A12
for communication B11 A11
CONC Insulation B10 A10
1 B9 A9
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN) 1 FG
2 B8 A8
2 +24V (UNIT) B7 A7
3 DC/DC
3 24G (UNIT) B6 A6
4 4 Vacant B5 A5
5 B4 A4
5 Vacant
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND B3 A3
1
1 FG CONC COND B2 A2
2 B1 A1
UNIT POWER 2 +24V (UNIT)
CABLE(OUT) 3
3 24G (UNIT) 1
I/O POWER 4 4 Vacant 2
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 Vacant 3
4
One-touch connector
for power supply
5
CON1
and FG
B20, A20
R
A module view
R
2 DB
B12, A12
External power supply CONA,B 3 DG
for input
CON1 4 Vacant
B10, A10 5 SLD
L
20 X00 20 X08
19 X01 19 X09
B3, A3 18 X02 18 X0A
L
B1, A1 17 X03 17 X0B
External power supply
for output B2, A2
Constant voltage 16 X04 16 X0C
circuit
15 X05 15 X0D
14 X06 14 X0E
B3, A3
L
B1, A1 When external power supply 13 X07 13 X0F
B2, A2 for output and load power supply
are mutual 12 COM 12 COM
11 Vacant 11 Vacant
CON1-B CON1-A
<When using online connector> 10 Y10 10 Y18
Online connector 9 Y11 9 Y19
for communication
CONA 8 Y12 8 Y1A
1
1 DA
LINK CABLE 2
2 DB 7 Y13 7 Y1B
(IN) 3
3 DG
4
4 Vacant
6 Y14 6 Y1C
5
5 SLD 5 Y15 5 Y1D
CONB
1
LINK CABLE 2
1 DA 4 Y16 4 Y1E
2 DB
(OUT) 3
4
3 DG 3 Y17 3 Y1F
4 Vacant
5 2 COM- 2 COM-
5 SLD
One-touch connector
for communication 1 CTL+ 1 CTL+
CONC
UNIT POWER CABLE(IN)
1
1 FG 1 FG
2 2 +24V (UNIT)
3
3 24G (UNIT) 2 +24V(UNIT)
4
4 Vacant
5 5 Vacant
CONC-D 3 24G(UNIT)
I/O POWER CABLE(IN) COND 4 Vacant
1
1 FG
UNIT POWER 2
2 +24V (UNIT) 5 Vacant
3
CABLE(OUT) 3 24G (UNIT)
4
I/O POWER 4 Vacant
5
CABLE(OUT) 5 Vacant
6 - 29 6 - 29
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
Response OFF ON 1.5ms or lower (when 24VDC) Response OFF ON 0.5ms or lower
time ON OFF 1.5ms or lower (when 24VDC) time ON OFF 1.5ms or lower (resistive load) Y8
Y9
YA
YB
YC
Input form Positive common (Sink type) Output method Positive common (Sink type) YD
YE
YF
power
Current 50mA or lower (When 24VDC and all point is ON)
supply
DC type noise withstand voltage 500Vp-p,
Noise durability
noise width 1µs,noise carrier frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500VDC insulation resistance tester
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap : A6CAP-WP2
Other connected
See section 1.6
protection
6 - 30 6 - 30
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
LINK IN Pin arrangement Communication connector
4
2 Commu- Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
3 nication
1 circuit 1 SLD SLD
110 2 DB DB
LINK OUT R
4 R 3 DG DG
2 130
3 Terminal 4 DA DA
1 resistance
5 select switch 5 No pins Vacant
UNIT POWER Power connector
1
3 DC/DC LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
5
Unit mounting 2 Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
4
screw (FG) 2 1
2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
AUX. 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
1
3 4 Vacant Vacant
5
I/O connector 2 LINK OUT 5 FG FG
voltage circuit
Constant
4 4 3
2 R
1 +24V 1 +24V
1 R
3 2 X1 2 Y9
5 UNIT POWER/AUX. X0 Y8
3 wire type sensor R X1 3 24G Y9 3 Vacant
(sink output) R
Male 4 X0 4 Y8
2 1
circuit
Detecting
4
R 3
5
4
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
2
1 R 1 +24V 1 +24V
3
5 2 X3 2 YB
2 wire type sensor R I/O connector X2 YA
R X3 3 24G YB 3 Vacant
(sink output)
Female 4 X2 4 YA
1 2
circuit
Detecting
4 4 5 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
2 R 3
1 R 1 +24V 1 +24V
3
5 2 X5 2 YD
R X4 YC
R Front view X5 3 24G YD 3 Vacant
4 X4 4 YC
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
1 +24V 1 +24V
Load
L 4 2 X7 2 YF
2 X6 YE
L 1 X7 3 24G YF 3 Vacant
3
5 4 X6 4 YE
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
6 - 31 6 - 31
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
Wiring method for 8 points/1 common Wiring method for 8 points/1 common
common (waterproof connector 2 to 4-wire type) common (waterproof connector 2-wire type) Y
Y
Number of stations
1 station 32 points assignment (use 16points)
occupied
I/O Y
Voltage 20.4 to 26.4VDC (ripple ratio : within 5%) Y
module
power
Current 45mA or lower (When 24VDC and all point is ON)
supply
DC type noise withstand voltage 500Vp-p,
Noise durability
noise width 1µs,noise carrier frequency 25 to 60Hz (noise simulator condition)
Withstand voltage 500VAC for 1 minute between all DC external terminals and ground
Insulation resistance 10 MΩ or higher, measured with a 500VDC insulation resistance tester
Protection of degree IP67
Weight 0.40kg
Accessory User's Manual
Option Waterproof cap : A6CAP-WP2
Other connected
See section 1.6
protection
6 - 32 6 - 32
6 SPECIFICATIONS FOR COMBINED MODULES
MELSEC-A
External connection
LINK IN Pin arrangement Communication connector
4
2 Commu- Pin No. LINK IN LINK OUT
3 nication
1 1 SLD SLD
circuit
110 2 DB DB
LINK OUT R
4 R 3 DG DG
2 130
3 Terminal 4 DA DA
1 resistance
5 select switch 5 No pins Vacant
UNIT POWER Power connector
1
3 DC/DC LINK IN Pin No. UNIT POWER AUX.
5
Unit mounting 2 Male 1 +24V(UNIT) +24V(I/O)
4
screw (FG) 2 1
2 Vacant Vacant
3 4
AUX. 3 24G(UNIT) 24G(I/O)
1
3 4 Vacant Vacant
5
I/O connector 2 LINK OUT 5 FG FG
voltage circuit
Constant
4 4 3
R
2 1 +24V 1 Vacant
1 R
3 2 X1 2 Y9
5 UNIT POWER/AUX. X0 Y8
3 wire type sensor R X1 3 24G Y9 3 24G
(source output) R Male 4 X0 4 Y8
2 1
circuit
Detecting
4 3
5
4
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
2 R
1 R 1 +24V 1 Vacant
3
5 2 X3 2 YB
2 wire type sensor R I/O connector X2 YA
X3 3 24G YB 3 24G
(source output) R
Female 4 X2 4 YA
1 2
circuit
Detecting
4 4 5 5 Vacant 5 Vacant
2 R 3
1 R 1 +24V 1 Vacant
3
5 2 X5 2 YD
R X4 YC
R Front view X5 3 24G YD 3 24G
4 X4 4 YC
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
1 +24V 1 Vacant
load
L 4 2 X7 2 YF
2 X6 YE
L 1 X7 3 24G YF 3 24G
3
5 4 X6 4 YE
5 Vacant 5 Vacant
6 - 33 6 - 33
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
The precautionary notes when handling and installing the compact remote I/O module
for the CC-Link system are described below.
• Do not touch the terminals or connector while the power is on.
DANGER Doing so may cause electric shock or malfunction.
• Make sure that there are no foreign substances such as sawdust or wiring debris
CAUTION inside the module.
Such debris could cause fire, failure or malfunction.
• Do not disassemble or modify the module.
Doing so could cause failure, malfunction, injury or fire.
• Do not directly touch the module's conductive parts.
Doing so could cause malfunction or failure in the module.
• Because the case of the module is made of resin, be careful not to drop it or expose
it to strong impact. It may damage the module.
• Tighten the terminal screws within the range of specified torque.
If the terminal screws are loose, it may result in fire or malfunction.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screws, resulting in short
circuit or malfunction.
• When disposing of this product, treat it as industrial waste.
• Use the module in an environment that meets the general specifications contained
in this manual.
Using this module in an environment outside the range of the general specifications
could result in electric shock, fire, malfunction, and damage to or deterioration of the
product.
• Make sure to fix the module with DIN rail or installation screws and tighten the
installation screws with the specified torque.
If the screws are loose, it may result in fallout, short circuits, or malfunctions.
Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to the screw, resulting in fallout
7
and short circuits.
• Switch all phases of the external power supply off before mounting or removing the
module.
Failure to do so may damage the module or cause malfunction.
(1) Tighten the module installation screws and terminal block screws using torque
within the following ranges. Tightening the screws too far may cause damage to
the module case:
(a) Terminal block, quick connector type remote I/O module
Screw location Tightening torque range
Module installation screws (M4 screws with polished, round flat washers) 78 to 108 N·cm
Terminal block screws (M3 screws) 59 to 88 N·cm
Terminal block installation screw (M3.5 screws) 68 to 98 N·cm
7-1 7-1
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
(c) Low profile waterproof type remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 )
Screw location Tightening torque range
42 to 58 N·cm
Module installation screws (M4 screws) 78 to 118 N·cm
Waterproof cap (A6CAP-WP2) 29 to 34 N·cm
(2) When using a DIN rail, attach the DIN rail after taking the following items into
consideration:
(a) Applicable DIN rail types (conform to JIS C 2812)
TH35-7.5Fe
TH35-7.5Al
(b) Intervals between the DIN rail's installation screws
Tighten the screws using a pitch of 200mm(7.87 in.) or less when attaching a
DIN rail.
The conventional remote I/O module has furthermore been reduced in size.
(3) To attach the compact remote I/O module to the DIN rail, press the centerline area
of the DIN rail hook beneath the module until a click is heard.
For AJ65SBTB1-8 /AJ65SBTB1-16 / For AJ65SBTB1-32 , AJ65SBTB2-16 ,
AJ65SBTC4-16 / AJ65SBTC1-32 / AJ65SBTB2N-16 , AJ65SBTB3-16 ,
AJ65SBTCF1-32 , AJ65SBTB2-8 , AJ65SBTB32-16 compact remote I/O modules
AJ65SBTB2N-8 , AJ65SBTB32-8 compact
remote I/O modules
7
DIN rail
DIN rail DIN rail hook
DIN rail hook
Board
DIN rail
7-2 7-2
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
(4) Avoid the following conditions for the installation location of a compact remote I/O
module:
(a) Location where the ambient temperature exceeds the range of 0 to 55°C.
(0 to 45°C for waterproof remote I/O module)
(b) Location where the ambient humidity exceeds the range of 10 to 90%.
(c) Location where condensation occurs due to a sudden temperature change.
(d) Location where corrosive gas or flammable gas exists.
(e) Location where a lot of conductive powdery substance such as dust and iron
filing, oil mist, salt, or organic solvent exists.
(f) Location exposed to direct sunlight.
(g) Location where strong electric fields or magnetic fields form.
(h) Location where vibration or impact is directly applied to the main module.
(5) When installing the compact remote I/O module into a panel, etc., provide 60 mm
(2.36 in.) or more of space between the top and bottom of the module and other
structures or parts so that good ventilation and ease of operation when
exchanging modules can be secured.
(7) When installing the waterproof-type remote I/O module, provide the space shown
in the figure below between the top and bottom of the module and other structures
or parts so that good ventilation can be secured and that interference and
application of load on the waterproof connector can be prevented.
When connecting two modules in parallel, secure 5 mm (0.2 in.) of space between
them.
5 (0.20) or more
3 (0.12) or more
Installation
surface
80 (3.15) or more 1
7-3 7-3
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
7 (0.28) or more
Unit : mm (in.)
(8) If a waterproof cap is being installed on the low profile waterproof type remote I/O
module, in order to improve ventilation and also to prevent interference, as well as
to prevent a load from bearing on the waterproof connector, all the distances
shown in the following figures between the module's side surfaces and the
structure or parts.
1 2
0 or more 0 or more
1 2
0
or more 1
0 or more
2
2 or more
* 1 If you disconnect and connect the communications adapter, set the operating
distance using a screwdriver, etc.
* 2 If you are using a right angle type waterproof plug or Y branch connector, set a
distance where no load will be brought to bear on the cable.
7-4 7-4
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
(9) The overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and overheat
protection function of the following modules are described below.
• Modules with overload protection function, overvoltage protection function and
overheat protection function
AJ65SBTB1-8T, AJ65SBTB1-16T, AJ65SBTB1-32T, AJ65SBTB2-8T, AJ65SBTB2-16T,
Output module
AJ65SBTC1-32T, AJ65SBTCF1-32T, AJ65VBTCU2-8T, AJ65VBTCU2-16T
AJ65SBTB1-16DT, AJ65SBTB1-32DT, AJ65SBTB1-16DT1, AJ65SBTB1-32DT1,
Combined module AJ65SBTB32-8DT, AJ65SBTB32-16DT, AJ65SBTC4-16DT, AJ65SBTC1-32DT,
AJ65SBTC1-32DT1, AJ65SBTW4-16DT, AJ65SBTCF1-32DT, AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
Function Description
Common to overload protection 1. When overcurrent due to an overload continues to exist, this generates heat and the
function, overvoltage protection overheat protection function is activated.
function and overheat protection 2. These functions are for protecting the modules' internal elements but not for external
function devices.
Overload protection function 1. The overload protection function is activated in a load condition of 1 A to 3 A per
point.
2. The overload protection function automatically returns to normal operation when the
load drops to the rated value.
Overvoltage protection function 1. This function protects elements from an abrupt surge caused when a coil load is
used.
Overheat protection function 1. The overheat protection function works in two-point units.
(The points are paired as Y0/Y1, Y2/Y3, etc., and the overheat protector is activated
for two points in a pair simultaneously. If the overheat condition is prolonged, the
heat spreads and other overheat protectors may also be activated.)
2. The actual output voltage oscillates in the range of 0 V to the load voltage only if the
output is ON when the overheat protection function was activated. In this case, the
average voltage during oscillation with the load voltage of 24 V is approximately 7 V.
(No oscillation occurs when the output is OFF.)
To ensure that output turns OFF when the overheat protection function is activated,
use an external load that turns OFF at 7 V or more.
3. The overheat protection function automatically returns to normal operation when the
heat drops.
7-5 7-5
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
The one-touch connector plugs compatible with the compact remote I/O modules for
CC-Link are listed below:
Mitsubishi Part model name Color of
Specifications
model name (manufacturer) the cover
Plug for Applicable Maximum
Applicable cable core size
one-touch connector cable outer rated
(mm2)
1, 4 diameter (mm) current (A)
33104-6000FL
A6CON-P214 φ1.0 to 1.4 Transparent
5 0.14 to 0.2
2
33104-6100FL (AWG#26 to 24)
A6CON-P220 φ1.4 to 2.0 Yellow
5
33104-6200FL
A6CON-P514 φ1.0 to 1.4 Red
5 0.3 to 0.5
3
33104-6300FL (AWG#22 to 20)
A6CON-P520 φ1.4 to 2.0 Blue
5
One-touch connector Communication 0.5
φ2.2 to 3.0
for communication 35505-6000- line (AWG#20)
A6CON-L5P Red
2, 4 B0M GF 5 0.5
shielded cable
(AWG#20)
One-touch connector 0.75 (0.66 to 0.98)
A6CON- 35505-6080-
for power supply and (AWG#18) wire diameter φ2.2 to 3.0 7 Gray
PW5P A00 GF 5
FG 2, 4 0.16 mm or more
Online connector for
35720-L200-
communication 3, A6CON-LJ5P — — — — —
B00 AK 5
4
Online connector for
A6CON- 35720-L200-
power supply 3, — — — — —
PWJ5P A00 AK 5
4
7-6 7-6
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
Perform wiring for the connector of a one-touch connector, connector type compact
remote I/O module as shown below:
(1) Verify that the plug cover is installed in the plug Plug cover
unit.
Caution: Do not push the plug cover into the plug Plug unit
4 3 2 1
unit before the cable is inserted.
(2) Raise the rear part of the plug cover and insert the
cable until it hits the plug unit.
POINT
• When inserting the cable, confirm that it has been inserted completely.
If the cable is not inserted completely, it may cause contact failures.
• If the cross section of the cable is not round, the cable cannot be inserted
smoothly.
Cut the cable tip using pliers, etc., and make it as round as possible, then insert it.
• When inserting the cable, the cable may stick out from the front of the cover. In
such a case, pull the cable backward so that the tip of the cable stays within the
plug cover.
(3) Press the plug cover into the plug unit using a tool
such as pliers, and attach it using pressure
displacement.
After performing pressure displacement, verify that
the plug cover is securely attached to the plug
unit, as shown in the figure at right.
POINT
• While performing pressure displacement, the plug cover may rise because it is
not latched against the plug unit correctly.
This condition indicates that pressure displacement is incomplete. Push the plug
cover until it is securely installed in the plug unit.
7-7 7-7
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
Perform wiring for the connector for communication of a connector type compact
remote I/O module as shown below:
(1) Verify that the plug cover is installed in the plug Plug unit
unit.
Caution: Do not push the plug cover into the plug
unit before the cable is inserted. Plug cover
(2) Raise the rear part of the plug cover and insert the
cable until it hits the plug unit.
POINT
• When inserting the cable, confirm that it has been inserted completely.
If the cable is not inserted completely, it may cause contact failures.
• If the cross section of the cable is not round, the cable cannot be inserted
smoothly.
Cut the cable tip using pliers, etc., and make it as round as possible, then insert it.
• When inserting the cable, the cable may stick out from the front of the cover. In
such a case, pull the cable backward so that the tip of the cable stays within the
plug cover.
(3) Press the plug cover into the plug unit using a tool
such as pliers, and attach it using pressure
displacement.
After performing pressure displacement, verify that
the plug cover is securely attached to the plug
unit, as shown in the figure at right.
POINT
• While performing pressure displacement, the plug cover may rise because it is
not latched against the plug unit correctly.
This condition indicates that pressure displacement is incomplete. Push the plug
cover until it is securely installed in the plug unit.
7-8 7-8
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
Perform wiring for the connector for power supply and FG of a connector type compact
remote I/O module as shown below:
(1) Verify that the plug cover is installed in the plug Plug cover
Plug unit
unit.
Caution: Do not push the plug cover into the plug
unit before the cable is inserted.
(2) Raise the rear part of the plug cover and insert the
cable until it hits the plug unit.
POINT
• When inserting the cable, confirm that it has been inserted completely.
If the cable is not inserted completely, it may cause contact failures.
• If the cross section of the cable is not round, the cable cannot be inserted
smoothly.
Cut the cable tip using pliers, etc., and make it as round as possible, then insert it.
• When inserting the cable, the cable may stick out from the front of the cover. In
such a case, pull the cable backward so that the tip of the cable stays within the
plug cover.
(3) Press the plug cover into the plug unit using a tool
such as pliers, and attach it using pressure
displacement.
After performing pressure displacement, verify that
the plug cover is securely attached to the plug
unit, as shown in the figure at right.
POINT
• While performing pressure displacement, the plug cover may rise because it is
not latched against the plug unit correctly.
This condition indicates that pressure displacement is incomplete. Push the plug
cover until it is securely installed in the plug unit.
7-9 7-9
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
The following table shows the model names of dust-proof caps and waterproof caps
compatible with the CC-Link system waterproof-type remote I/O module:
Mitsubishi Model Name Specifications
1
Dust-proof cap A6CAP-DC1 —
1
Waterproof cap A6CAP-WP1 Protection of degree IP67
The attachment procedure for the waterproof plug supplied with the AJ65SBTW4-16
is shown below. In order to prevent water leakage, attach a waterproof plug to the
penetrating pipe for the transmission and module power-supply lines in the following
way.
1) Remove the nut and bushing from the penetrating pipe attached to the
module.
2) Insert the waterproof plug into the penetrating pipe and secure it by tightening
the nut.
Waterproof pulg
7 - 10 7 - 10
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
The following shows the procedure for wiring the terminal block of the waterproof-type
remote I/O module.
1) Remove the module front cover, and pass the cables through the through
pipe for the transmission and module power-supply lines.
2) Open the module top cover and remove the terminal block, then perform
wiring to the terminal block.
DA DG +24V 24G
CC-Link
DB SLD FG
cable
Power
cable
3) Secure the terminal block using screws, then fasten the module front and top
covers using screws.
4) Tighten the nut on the through pipe for the transmission and module power-
supply lines.
Nut tightening torque range
0.99 to 1.48 N·m
POINT
• Always install a waterproof plug to the unused through pipe for the transmission
and module power-supply lines. (Refer to Section 7.3.2)
• When wiring the transmission and module power-supply lines, please take care
not to apply force in excess of 3.96 N·m excessive force to the wiring at the inlet.
• In the event of the ambient temperature exceeding 56 °C after wiring the unit,
make sure to re-tighten the nuts.
7 - 11 7 - 11
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
7.4 Handling of the Low Profile Waterproof Type Remote I/O Module
The model name of the waterproof cap applicable to the CC-Link system low profile
waterproof type remote I/O module (AJ65FBTA -16 ) is shown below.
Mitsubishi Product
Use
Model Name
Waterproof Cap
A6CAP-WP2 For Link Out connector, I/O Connector
(20 pcs., Sold separately)
POINT
• Cannot be used with the previous type of waterproof cap (A6CAP-WP1).
The installation method for the waterproof caps packed with the product is shown
below.
In order to prevent water penetration, install the waterproof caps on the unused Link
Out side connectors and I/O connectors using the following method.
1) Insert the waterproof cap in the empty connector on the main module, then
tighten it.
Tightening Torque Range: 0.29 to 0.34 N·Ecm
7 - 12 7 - 12
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
7.5 Connectors and Tools Used for Connecting the FCN Connector Cables
Three types of 40-pin connectors are available for the AJ65 BTCF1-32 ; they are
soldering type, pressure-displacement type and crimp-contact type.
Please purchase the required 40-pin connector, and either pressure-displacement or
crimp-contact type tool according to the listing below.
7 - 13 7 - 13
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
7.6 Attaching and Removing the Protective Cover for the Compact Remote I/O Module
Covering the front of the CC-Link system compact remote I/O module with a protective
cover (A6CVR-8/16/32) can prevent foreign objects from entering the terminal block.
For the model name of the protective cover for the compact remote I/O module, see
Section 1.5.
Follow the procedure illustrated below to mount the protective cover on the module.
<How to mount>
Hook the top of the protective cover onto the top of the remote I/O module, then
push the lower part of the cover toward the module until you hear a click sound.
Click
<How to remove>
Place your thumb under the protective cover and pull it upwards.
7 - 14 7 - 14
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module CC-
Link dedicated cable is shown below.
• Before beginning any installation or wiring work, make sure all phases of the power
DANGER
supply have been obstructed from the outside.
Failure to completely shut off the power supply phases may cause electric shock
and/or damage to the module.
• When turning on the power or operating the module after installation or wiring work,
make sure that the module's terminal covers are correctly attached.
Failure to attach the terminal covers may result in electric shock.
• Make sure to switch all phases of the external power supply off before cleaning or
re-tightening the terminal screws.
Failure to do so may damage the module or cause malfunction.
• Do not bunch the control wires or communication cables with the main circuit or
CAUTION
power wires, or install them close to each other.
They should be installed 100 mm (3.9 in.) or more from each other.
Not doing so could result in noise that would cause malfunction.
• The FG terminals should always be grounding using the class-D (class-3) or higher
grounding designed specially for the PLC.
Make sure to use the spare terminal screws as it is tightened.
Failure to do so could make a short circuit with bare solderless terminals.
• When wiring the module, check the rated voltage and terminal layout and make sure
the wiring is done correctly.
Connecting a power supply that differs from the rated voltage or wiring it incorrectly
may cause fire or failure.
• Make sure to connect the connector of each connecting cable to the attachment
part.
Defective contact could cause malfunction.
• Make sure that the communication cable connected to the module is kept in the duct
or fixed with cramps.
Failure to do so may cause a damage to the module or cables due to dangling,
shifting or inadvertent handling of cables, or misoperation because of bad cable
contacts.
• Do not grab on the cable when removing the communication cable connected to the
module.
When removing the cable with a connector, hold the connector on the side that is
connected to the module.
When removing the cable without a connector, loose the screws on the side that is
connected to the module.
Pulling the cable that is still connected to the module may cause a damage to the
module or cable, or malfunction due to bad cable contacts.
7 - 15 7 - 15
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
(1) The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module
is shown below:
Master module
Terminal
resistor
NC
(Blue) DA
NC
(White) DB
NC
(Yellow) DG
Compact remote I/O module 1 Compact remote I/O module 2
NC
SLD DA DG +24V 24G DA DG +24V 24G
NC
FG DB SLD FG DB SLD FG
Terminal
resistor 1
[Simplified diagram]
Compact remote Compact remote
Master module I/O module 1 I/O module 2
(Blue)
Terminal DA DA DA Terminal
resistor (White) resistor
DB DB DB
(Yellow)
DG DG DG
SLD CC-Link SLD CC-Link SLD
FG dedicated cable FG dedicated cable FG
1 Connect the terminal resistor to the compact remote I/O module terminating
station in the locations shown below:
(The terminal resistor is provided with the master module.)
DA DG +24V 24G
DB SLD FG
Terminal resistor
POINT
Compact remote I/O modules with an input response of 0.2 ms are more
susceptible to noise interference than other modules. Keep the wiring of the I/O
module away from power cables as much as possible.
7 - 16 7 - 16
7 HANDLING COMPACT REMOTE I/O MODULES
MELSEC-A
(2) The procedure for connecting the master module and compact remote I/O module
is shown below:
Master module CONA CONA
Terminal 1 1
resistor 1 DA 1 DA
NC 2 2
2 DB 2 DB
(Blue) DA 3 3 DG 3 3 DG
NC 4 4 NC 4 4 NC
5 5
(White) DB 5 SLD 5 SLD
NC
CONB CONB
(Yellow) DG 1 1 DA 1 1 DA
NC 2 2 DB 2 2 DB
3 3 DG 3 3 DG
SLD 4 4
4 NC 4 NC
NC 5 5
5 SLD 5 SLD
FG Terminal
resistor
*1
[Simplified diagram]
Connector type remote Connector type remote
Master module I/O module 1 I/O module 2
(Blue)
Terminal DA DA DA Terminal
resistor (White) resistor
DB DB DB
(Yellow) A6CON-TR11
DG DG DG
SLD Version 1.10 SLD Version 1.10 SLD
FG compatible FG compatible FG
CC-Link CC-Link
dedicated cable dedicated cable
1 Use the following terminal resistor whe using connector type remote I/O at the
terminal station. (Sold separately)
5 4 3 2 1
5432 1
A6CON-TR11
POINT
Compact remote I/O modules with an input response of 0.2 ms are more
susceptible to noise interference than other modules. Keep the wiring of the I/O
module away from power cables as much as possible.
7 - 17 7 - 17
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
The following table lists causes and corrective actions for errors indicated by LEDs on
the compact remote I/O module when the SW, M/S and PRM LEDs are all off (i.e. the
master module is set properly) in the system configuration example shown below.
Power supply
CPU Master
module
LED status
Master Remote I/O module Cause Corrective action
module A B C
PW PW PW
L RUN L RUN L RUN Normal —
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW Since the LEDs on the compact remote Check the voltage of the 24 V power supply,
L RUN L RUN L RUN I/O module A are all off, the 24 V power and supply the proper power to the compact
L ERR L ERR L ERR is not supplied or voltage is low. remote I/O module.
PW PW PW The compact remote I/O module A is Exchange the compact remote I/O module.
L RUN L RUN L RUN malfunctioning and the LEDs are
L ERR L ERR L ERR unstable (all lights are off, in many
cases).
PW PW PW The L RUN lights on the compact Identify the disconnected point by referring to
TIME
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O module B and beyond are the LED status, and correct it.
LINE
L ERR L ERR L ERR off, indicating the transmission cable
or
between the compact remote I/O
TIME
module A and B has been disconnected
LINE
or removed from the terminal block.
8 PW PW PW The transmission cable is shorted. Find the shorted cable among the three
L RUN L RUN L RUN transmission cables and repair it.
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW The transmission cable is wired Verify wiring in the terminal box of the compact
L RUN L RUN L RUN incorrectly. remote I/O module and correct.
L ERR L ERR L ERR
PW PW PW The L RUN lights on the compact Restart the power supply after the overlapped
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O modules A and C are off, station numbers for the compact remote I/O
L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the station numbers for A and modules are corrected.
C are overlapping.
: lit, : unlit, : flashing, : lit, flashing or unlit
8-1 8-1
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
LED status
Master Remote I/O module Cause Corrective action
module A B C
PW PW PW The L RUN light on the compact remote Restart the power supply after the transmission
L RUN L RUN L RUN I/O module B is off, indicating the speed is set correctly.
L ERR L ERR L ERR transmission speed setting for module B
is invalid within the setting range (0 to 4).
PW PW PW The L ERR of the compact remote I/O Return the setting switch of the compact remote
TIME L RUN L RUN L RUN module C is flashing at fixed intervals, I/O module to the original position.
LINE L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the setting switch for module
or C has been changed during normal
TIME operation.
LINE PW PW PW The L RUN of the compact remote I/O Correct the setting switch of the compact remote
L RUN L RUN L RUN module A is off and L ERR of the same I/O module, and restart the power supply.
L ERR L ERR L ERR module is lit, indicating the setting
switch for module A is set out of range
(transmission speed: 5 to 9, station
number: 65 or greater).
PW PW PW The L ERR of the compact remote I/O Correctly perform grounding of the FGs for the
L RUN L RUN L RUN module B is lit, indicating that module B master module and all compact remote I/O
L ERR L ERR L ERR is being affected by noise. (L RUN may modules.
be off.)
TIME
PW PW PW The L ERR lights on the compact Verify the grounding of the SLD of the
LINE
L RUN L RUN L RUN remote I/O module B and beyond are lit, transmission cable.
or
L ERR L ERR L ERR indicating the transmission cable is Separate the wire from the power cable as
TIME
affected by noise in the area between much as possible (100 mm (3.94 in.)or more).
LINE
modules A and B. (L RUN may be off.)
PW PW PW A terminal resistor is not attached. Check if a terminal resistor is attached.
L RUN L RUN L RUN (L RUN may be off.)
L ERR L ERR L ERR
: lit, : unlit, : flashing, : lit, flashing or unlit
8-2 8-2
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
This section explains examples of errors that occur in the input circuit, and the
appropriate corrective actions.
Examples of errors that occur in the input circuit and corrective actions are explained
below:
Error status Cause Corrective action
Example 1 Input signals do not turn off. • Activation via the LED display switch. • Connect a resistor so that the voltage
between the input terminal and COM1
DC input (sink)
becomes lower than the OFF voltage.
DC input (sink)
Input
E1 > E2 module
E1 E2
Example 3 Input signals do not turn off. • Input switch leakage current (driving with a • Connect the appropriate resistor so that the
contactless switch). terminal-to-terminal voltage of the input
module is below the OFF voltage value.
AC input AC input
Power supply
0.1 to 0.47(F + 47 to 120( (1/2W) is
recommended for the CR constant.
Example 4 Input signals do not turn off. • Driving using a limit switch with neon lamp. • Same as Example 3.
AC input • Or, create a completely separate display
circuit.
Leakage Input
current module
Power supply
Example 5 Input signals do not turn off. • Leakage current due to line capacity of the • Same as Example 3.
wiring cable. • However, this problem will not occur if the
The line capacity "C" of a twisted pair wire power supply as shown below is provided
is about C=100PF/m. at the input device side.
AC input AC input
8-3 8-3
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
4.7 k Ω
24 V DC
Z
Input impedance
Current I R
3.3 kΩ
4.7 k Ω
24 V DC
8-4 8-4
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
Examples of errors that may occur in the output circuit and the respective corrective
action are described below.
(1) When AJ65SBTB1-16T or AJ65SBTB1-32T is used
Condition Cause Corrective action
Example 1 When an LED is connected as a load, sometimes For the output modules Connect a resistor with 5 to
the LED dimly lights up even when the output listed below, the output 50 k Ω in parallel to the
module is turned off. module specification and load LED.
(Example) LED push button by Izumi Electric, Co.: the leak current
ALFN22211DNR specification value during
CC-Link compact-type
OFF are 24 V DC 0.5 A
remote output module Countermeasure
and 0.25 mA, respectively
(the leak current during
OFF is specified as above
LED since an MOS with a built-
in protection function and
24 V DC
power PET transistor output are
supply
used.)
Example 2 When a segment LED display device is connected <Applicable modules> Connect a pull-up resistor
as a load, the display contents sometimes become AJ65SBTB1-16T, with 5 to 50 k Ω and 0.5(W)
incorrect. AJ65SBTB1-32T between the 24 V DC
(Example) M7E digital display unit (dimension power supply and the
14 mm/ 0.55 inch) by Omron, Co.: output module output.
M7E-01DBN2
CC-Link compact-
type remote Countermeasure
Digital display unit
output module (input signal section)
Dedicated
IC
24 V DC
power
supply
8-5 8-5
8 TROUBLESHOOTING
MELSEC-A
Example 2 The load does not turn • Leakage current due to built-in surge • Connect a resistor to both ends of
off. suppression. the load.
(Triac output) Caution is required when the
wiring distance from the output
CC-Link compact remote
triac output module card to the load is long, since
Load
there may be leakage current
due to the line capacity.
Leakage current
Resistor
Load
Example 3 Time limit changes • Drive the relay first, and then drive
when the load is a CR the CR type timer at that contact.
type timer. Caution is required as
(Triac output) indicated in Example 1 since
CC-Link compact remote the internal circuit may be half-
triac output module CR
wave rectified depending on
timer
the timer.
Leakage current
Resistor
CR timer
8-6 8-6
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
APPENDIX
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-8 remote I/O module are shown below.
(1.57)
40
87.3 (3.44)
78.3+10(3.1+0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
16.5
ON
(A
AJ65SBTB1-8D
bo
(0.3)
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 COM
ut
(1.97)
10
5°
7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
(0.16)
4
Unit : mm (in.)
APP
App - 1 App - 1
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40
118 (4.64)
109 +10(4.29+0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
(A
MITSUBISHI AJ65SBTB1-16D bo
(0.3)
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE COM
(1.97)
ut
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF COM
50
10
5°
)
7.9
(0.31)
DIN rail
(0.16)
4
Unit : mm (in.)
Remark
For AJ65SBTB1-16D, AJ65SBTB1-16T Remote I/O Module of hardware version D
or before, side face diagram of the module is as follows.
20
(0.79)
(0.43)
11
APP
(A
bo
ut
(0.3)
1
7.5
10
°)
7.9
(0.31) DIN rail
App - 2 App - 2
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTW4-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.
184.7 (7.27)
(2.36)
60
(1.18)
30
(0.47)
12
(1.00)
25.5
X2 YA
X3 YB
CON1 CON3 CON5 CON7 X4 YC
LINK CABL OUT POWER CABL X5 YD
CON2 CON4 CON6 CON8
X6 YE
X7 YF
STATION NO.
MITSUBISHI AJ65SBTW4-16DT
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 3 App - 3
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB1-32 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40
179 (7.0)
+2 +0.04
170 0 (6.7 0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
(0.65)
(1.97) 16.5
(A
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB1-32D
bo
(0.3)
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G X0 X2 X4 X6 X8 XA XC XE X10 X12 X14 X16 X18 X1A X1C X1E COM
ut
50
DB SLD (FG) X1 X3 X5 X7 X9 XB XD XF X11 X13 X15 X17 X19 X1B X1D X1F COM
10
5°
7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
(0.16)
89 (3.5)
4
Unit : mm (in.)
Remark
For AJ65SBTB1-32D, AJ65SBTB1-32T Remote I/O Module of hardware version D
or before, side face diagram of the module is as follows.
20
(0.79)
(0.43)
11
(A
bo
ut
(0.3)
1
7.5
10
°)
7.9
(0.31) DIN rail
App - 4 App - 4
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
118 (4.65) 20
+1
109 0 (4.29 +0.04
0
)(Mounting pitch) (0.79)
(0.43)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
11
(0.65)
X0-XF
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
X1011 12 13 14 15 16 17 X1819 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
(A
MITSUBISHI
bo
AJ65SBTC1-32D1 X10-X1F
(0.3)
ut
X0 X4 X8 XC X10 X14 X18 X1C
7.5
DA DG +24V 24G COM
(1.97)
0°
X3 X7 XB XF X13 X17 X1B X1F
)
7.9
(0.31)
DIN rail
(0.16)
4
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 5 App - 5
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTCF1-32 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40
118 (4.64) 20
109 +10 (4.29+0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch) (0.79)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
(0.43)
11
(0.65)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
(A
ON
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC NC COMCOM
50
0°
)
7.9 DIN rail
(0.31)
4 (0.16)
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 6 App - 6
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
AJ65SBTB2-8A 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
(A
bo
50 (1.97)
DA DG +24V 24G
ut
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 NC
DB SLD (FG)
10
COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM NC
5° 7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
4 (0.16)
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 7 App - 7
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
179 (7.0)
107 +10 (4.2 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
AJ65SBTB2-16A 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
(A
bo
DA DG +24V 24G
(1.97)
ut
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF NC
50
DB SLD (FG) COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM COM NC
10
5°
7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
4 (0.16)
App - 8 App - 8
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB2N-8 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40
118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
AJ65SBTB2N-8A 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
(A
bo
50 (1.97)
DA DG +24V 24G
ut
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 COMA
DB SLD (FG)
10
COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
5° 7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
4 (0.16)
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 9 App - 9
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65SBTB2N-16 remote I/O module are shown
below.
(1.57)
40
179 (7.0)
107 +10 (4.2 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
AJ65SBTB2N-16A 40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
(A
bo
DA DG +24V 24G
(1.97)
ut
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 X9 XA XB XC XD XE XF COMA
50
DB SLD (FG) COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB COMB
10
5°
7.9
)
(0.31)
DIN rail
4 (0.16)
App - 10 App - 10
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
118 (4.65)
109 +10 (4.29 +0.04
0 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
(0.65)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
MITSUBISHI
AJ65SBTB3-8D
(1.97)
DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 11 App - 11
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
179 (7.0)
170 +10 (6.7 +10 ) (Mounting pitch)
2-4.5 × 5.1 Mounting hole (M4 mounting screw)
40 20 10 8 4 2 1 4 2 1
ON
MITSUBISHI A J65SBTB3-16D
DA DG +24V 24G
(1.97)
X0 X1 X2 X3 X4 X5 X6 X7 X8 Y9 YA XB XC XD XE XF DC24A
DB SLD (FG) COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB COMA COMB DC24B
50
89 (3.5)
Unit : mm (in.)
App - 12 App - 12
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
40S
20T
A
10T
8 I
4 O
N
2N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E
AJ65VBTCU3-8D1
CON L
A I
N
CON K
B
57.5(2.26)
X0 PW
L RUN
X1
L ERR
X2
0
115(4.53)
1 DIN
X3 2 rail
3
4
X4 5
6
X5 7
X6
57.5(2.26)
X7
P
CON W
C /
A
U
CON X
D
Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.
App - 13 App - 13
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
AJ65VBTCU -16
40 S
20 T
A
10 T
8 I
4 O
N
2 N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E
AJ65VBTCU3-16D1
CON L
A I
N
CON K
57.5(2.26)
B
PW
L RUN
L ERR
0
1 DIN
115(4.53)
2
rail
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
57.5(2.26)
D
E
X0 to X7 X8 to XF F
CON P
C W
/
A
CON U
D X
Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.
App - 14 App - 14
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
AJ65VBTCF1-32
40 S
20 T
A
10 T
8 I
4 O
N
2 N
1 O
4 B
B
2 A
T
1 E
AJ65VBTCF1-32DT1
LINK X0 Y10
57.5(2.26)
PW
L RUN
L ERR
0
1
2
DIN
3
115(4.53)
4 rail
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
PW/AUX.
C
57.5(2.26)
CON.C CON.D D
E
F
16.5(0.65)
31(1.22) *
Unit : mm (in.)
: This section should be 14.5 mm (0.57 in.) when an online connector is not installed.
App - 15 App - 15
APPENDIX
MELSEC-A
The external dimensions for the AJ65FBTA -16 remote I/O modules are shown
below.
AJ65FBTA -16
2-4.5 6 mounting screw
+1 +0.04
60 0 2.36 0
48(1.89)
50 1 (1.97 0.04)
34 0.5
(0.17)
4.3
18.3 26.5 (1.34 0.02)
(0.72) (1.04) 6(0.24)
(0.84)
21.3
68(2.68)
+0.04
24(0.94)
33(1.30)
25(0.98)
25(0.98)
25(0.98)
Storage sheet
6(0.24)
4.1 21.7
(0.16) 35 M4 mounting screw (0.85)
32
(1.38) (1.26)
Unit:mm(in.)
App - 16 App - 16
WARRANTY
Please confirm the following product warranty details before starting use.
3. Overseas service
Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at each FA
Center may differ.
6. Product application
(1) In using the Mitsubishi MELSEC programmable logic controller, the usage conditions shall be that the application will
not lead to a major accident even if any problem or fault should occur in the programmable logic controller device, and
that backup and fail-safe functions are systematically provided outside of the device for any problem or fault.
(2) The Mitsubishi general-purpose programmable logic controller has been designed and manufactured for applications
in general industries, etc. Thus, applications in which the public could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and
other power plants operated by respective power companies, and applications in which a special quality assurance
system is required, such as for Railway companies or National Defense purposes shall be excluded from the
programmable logic controller applications.
Note that even with these applications, if the user approves that the application is to be limited and a special quality is
not required, application shall be possible.
When considering use in aircraft, medical applications, railways, incineration and fuel devices, manned transport
devices, equipment for recreation and amusement, and safety devices, in which human life or assets could be greatly
affected and for which a particularly high reliability is required in terms of safety and control system, please consult
with Mitsubishi and discuss the required specifications.
U
CC-Link System Compact Type Remote I/O Module CC-Link System Compact Type Remote I/O Module
, ,
User s Manual User s Manual
MODEL 13JL72
CODE
SH(NA)-4007-M(0209)MEE
When exported from Japan, this manual does not require application to the
Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry for service transaction permission.
MONO